RC - CES-605 Installation Manual - 523-0808269 - Edn 4-Rev 1

installation
manual
CES Cabin Electronics System

for the
Bombardier Challenger 605
Export Control Classification Notice (ECCN) for this document is EAR99.
© Copyright 2007 Rockwell Collins, Inc. All rights reserved.

October 12, 2007
TO: HOLDERS OF ROCKWELL COLLINS® CES CABIN ELECTRONICS SYSTEM

FOR THE BOMBARDIER CHALLENGER 605 INSTALLATION MANUAL (CPN
523-0808269)
DESCRIPTION OF REVISION NO 1
This page shows all pages of the manual that are added, changed, or removed. Replace the
specified pages of the manual with the new pages supplied. Record the applicable data on the
Record of Revisions page.
All changed pages keep data necessary to do maintenance on all equipment models. Black bars
on the side of the page identify changes.
This revision does not include copies of service bulletins (SB) and service information letters
(SIL) applicable to this equipment. This manual includes all data from applicable SBs and SILs.
The front area of this manual contains a list of all released SBs and SILs. For this revision, move
the SBs and SILs from your manual to this manual. Discard all replaced pages.
DESCRIPTION OF REVISION SERVICE

PAGE NUMBER EFFECTIVITY
AND REASON FOR CHANGE BULLETIN
T1 / T2 Updated to reflect current revision. N/A ALL
LEP A / B Updated to reflect current revision. N/A ALL
1-4 through 1-7 Updated part numbers to new equipment N/A ALL
list spec.
1/2
for the
Bombardier Challenger 605
installation manual
Printed in the United States of America Rockwell Collins, Inc.

© Copyright 2007 Rockwell Collins, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52498
523-0808269-104116
1st Edition, July 30, 2006
(BA_CL605_CES_IM_OCT_12/2007) 4th Edition, 1st Revision, Oct 12, 2007
T-1
ROCKWELL COLLINS, INC.
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Export Control Classification Notice (ECCN) for this document is EAR99.
PROPRIETARY NOTICE
FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT (5 USC 552) AND DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

GENERALLY (18 USC 1905)
This document and the information disclosed herein are proprietary data of Rockwell Collins, Inc. Neither this
document nor the information contained herein shall be used, reproduced, or disclosed to others without the written
authorization of Rockwell Collins, Inc., except to the extent required for installation or maintenance of recipient’s
equipment. This document is being furnished in confidence by Rockwell Collins, Inc. The information disclosed
herein falls within the exemption (b) (4) of 5 USC 552 and the prohibitions of 18 USC 1905.
SOFTWARE COPYRIGHT NOTICE
© COPYRIGHT 2006 - 2007 ROCKWELL COLLINS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

All software resident in this equipment is protected by copyright.
We welcome your comments concerning this manual. Although every effort has been made to keep it free of
errors, some may occur. When reporting a specific problem, please describe it briefly and include the manual part
number, the paragraph or figure number, and the page number.
Send your comments to: Rockwell Collins, Inc.

400 Collins Road NE, M/S 153-250
Cedar Rapids, IA 52498-0001
EMAIL: techmanuals@rockwellcollins.com
For product orders or inquiries, please contact: Rockwell Collins, Inc.

Customer Response Center
400 Collins Road NE, M/S 133-100
TELEPHONE: 1.888.265.5467
INTERNATIONAL: 1.319.265.5467
FAX NO: 319.295.4941
EMAIL: response@rockwellcollins.com
T-2
523-0808269
INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES NOTE: The portion of the text affected by the changes is indicated by a vertical line
in the outer margins of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by
shaded or screened areas, or by miniature pointing hands.
Dates of issue for original and changed pages are:
Original 0 . . . . . . 18 September 2007 Change 1 . . . . . . . . . 12 October 2007
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 440 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page *Change Page *Change Page *Change

No. No. No. No. No. No.
T-1 - T-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2-56 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-96 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0

A-B ..........................1 2-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
i - vii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-58 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-98 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
viii Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
ix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-60 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-100 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
x Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
xi - xii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-62 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-102 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-1 - 1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-4 - 1-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2-64 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-104 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-8 - 1-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-16 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-66 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-106 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-20 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-70 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-110 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1-23 - 1-77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-1 - 2-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
2-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 3-1 - 3-83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
*Zero in this column indicates an original page.
Change 1 A
523-0808269
INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES NOTE: The portion of the text affected by the changes is indicated by a vertical line
in the outer margins of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by
shaded or screened areas, or by miniature pointing hands.
Page *Change Page *Change Page *Change

No. No. No. No. No. No.
3-84 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-26 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-52 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-2 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-28 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-54 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-55 - 4-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-59 - 4-61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-9 - 4-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-67 - 4-69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-15 - 4-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-39 - 4-41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-43 - 4-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 5-1 - 5-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-22 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-48 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 6-2 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Glossary-1 - Glossary-10 . . . . . . . . 0
4-24 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-50 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
4-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
*Zero in this column indicates an original page.
B Change 1
523-0808269
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter/Para Page
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iv

LIST OF TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ix
SAFETY SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xi
1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2.1 Backbone Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2.2 Cabin Management System Standard Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2.3 Basic Audio/Video. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.2.4 Optional Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.3 EQUIPMENT COVERED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.4 EQUIPMENT LOCATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
1.5 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1.6 STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-77
2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 UNPACKING AND INSPECTING EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.3 PRE-INSTALLATION CHECK.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.4 CABLING INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.4.1 Cabling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.5 MOUNTS AND MATING CONNECTOR HARDWARE/TOOLING.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.6 LRU MATING CONNECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.7 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2.7.1 AAE-6200 PA Amplifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2.7.2 ABDU-6180E/6210E Bulkhead Display Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2.7.3 ASPA-1000 Switch Panel Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2.7.4 ABDU-6180/6210 Bulkhead Display Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2.7.5 CDE-6000 CD/DVD/MP3 Player Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2.7.6 DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2.7.7 HST-2100/2110 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2.7.8 IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2.7.9 ITPE-6520 Handset Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
2.7.10 JPE-6001/6300 Switch Panel Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
2.7.11 MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
2.7.12 Modular Cabinet Equipment Modules.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
2.7.13 MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
2.7.14 PCU-6100 Wireless Passenger Control Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
2.7.15 RDE-6000 Relay Drive Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2.7.16 SAE-6000 Stereo Amplifier Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
2.7.17 Signal Splitter/Combiner Equipment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
2.7.18 SRE-6100 Crew Area Speaker Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
2.7.19 SRE-6110 PA Speaker Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
2.7.20 SRT-2100 Satellite Data Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
2.7.21 SPE-6100/6220/6300/6400 Switch Panel Equipment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
2.7.22 TSE-6014 Touch Screen Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
2.7.23 TSE-6084 Touch Screen Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
2.7.24 VEE-6000 Video Encoder Equipment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
i
523-0808269
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter/Para Page
2.7.25 USPE-6300 Switch Panel Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
2.7.26 XMA-1000 XM Radio Antenna Equipment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
2.7.27 XME-6400 XM Radio Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
2.7.28 ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1 GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
4 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2 OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2.1 CES System Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.3 SYSTEM BACKBONE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.3.1 System Backbone Components.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.3.2 Modular Cabinet Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4.3.3 Zone Distribution Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4.4 CONTROL AND DISPLAY BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
4.4.1 Galley TSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.4.2 Flight Compartment Touch Screen Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.4.3 Switch Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.4.4 Wireless Remotes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.4.5 Bulkhead Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.4.6 Personal Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.5 ENTERTAINMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
4.5.1 Audio System.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
4.5.2 Video System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
4.5.3 Source Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
4.5.4 Distribution.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
4.5.5 Encoders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
4.5.6 Decoders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
4.5.7 Moving Map.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
4.5.8 Cameras.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
4.5.9 Carry-On Games. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
4.5.10 Satellite TV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
4.6 AIRBORNE OFFICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
4.6.1 Local Area Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.6.2 Wireless Connectivity (Option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.6.3 Fax/Printer/Scanner.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.6.4 Off Aircraft Connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.6.5 Network Security.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.7 CABIN SERVICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.7.1 Cabin Call System.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.7.2 Ordinance Notification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.7.3 Passenger Briefing System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4.8 CABIN UTILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
4.8.1 Relay Drive Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
5 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.2 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.2.1 Routine Display Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.3 DATA BASE UPDATE PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.3.1 Electronic Charts Data Base Update Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.3.2 Electronic Charts Data Base Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
ii
523-0808269
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter/Para Page
5.3.3 Electronic Manuals Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.4 TEST/TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.4.1 Power Requirements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.5 DIAGNOSTIC DESCRIPTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.5.1 Maintenance Main Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.5.2 STATUS Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.5.3 DIAGNOSTIC Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5.5.4 HST Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
5.5.5 SYSTEM Page.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
5.5.6 MISCELLANEOUS Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
5.5.7 MESSAGES Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
5.6 HIGH LEVEL TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
5.6.1 Fault Isolation Setup Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
5.6.2 Cabin Symptom - Black CTSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
5.6.3 Cabin Symptom - Call Inoperative.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5.6.4 Cabin Symptom - CTSE Out of Calibration.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5.6.5 Cabin Symptom - CTSE Power ON and Stuck at Waiting Network Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5.6.6 Cabin Symptom - Ethernet Jack Inoperative (No Connection with Laptop to CES). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5.6.7 Cabin Symptom - No AFT Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5.6.8 Cabin Symptom - No FWD Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5.6.9 Cabin Symptom - No Audio in Headset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
5.6.10 Cabin Symptom - No Moving Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
5.6.11 Cabin Symptom - No Satellite TV Available on Monitors and Touch Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
5.6.12 Cabin Symptom - No Video on Aft Bulkhead Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
5.6.13 Cabin Symptom - No Video on Forward Bulkhead Monitor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
5.6.14 Cabin Symptom - No Video on Touch Screen Equipment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
5.6.15 Cabin Symptom - 3.8-Inch TSE Inoperative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
5.6.16 Cabin Symptom - No Wireless Connection (Using Laptop or WPCU).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
5.6.17 Cabin Symptom - Pronto Remote Control Inoperative.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
5.6.18 Cabin Symptom - Read and Table Lights Inoperative (Only One Read/Table Light). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
5.6.19 Cabin Symptom - Read and Table Lights Inoperative (More Than One Read/Table Light). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
5.6.20 Cabin Symptom - Switch Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
6 Bulletins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1 SERVICE BULLETINS AND SERVICE INFORMATION LETTERS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glossary-1
iii
523-0808269
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Number Title Page

1-1 Cabin Electronic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-2 CES Equipment Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
2-1 MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Mating Connector Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2-2 CES for Challenger 605, Interconnect Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
2-3 DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-99
2-4 ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-103
2-5 IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-105
2-6 JEE-6000 Jumper Ethernet Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-107
2-7 MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-109
2-8 MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-113
2-9 MME-6000 Moving Map Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-115
2-10 MME-6100 Moving Map Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-117
2-11 PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-119
2-12 PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-121
2-13 RDE-6000 Relay Drive Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-123
2-14 VEE-6000 Video Encoder Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125
2-15 ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-129
3-1 Cabin Electronics System Equipment and Menus for Challenger 605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-2 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Home Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3-3 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Briefing Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3-4 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Water Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3-5 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Galley Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-6 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3-7 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Shades Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3-8 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Presets Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-9 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Messages Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3-10 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Settings Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3-11 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Satellite TV Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3-12 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, DVD/CD Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-13 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, XM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
3-14 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, CD Changer Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
3-15 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Camera Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-16 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Carry-On Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3-17 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Messages Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3-18 Touch Screen Equipment, Airshow Category, Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-19 Touch Screen Equipment, Airborne Office Category, Settings and Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
3-20 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Cabin Category, Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3-21 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Source Select Category, Menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
3-22 Pronto Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
3-23 Wireless Passenger Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
3-24 Pronto Remote/Wireless Passenger Control Unit, Categories and Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
3-25 Ordinance Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83
4-1 Cabin Electronic System, Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-2 System Backbone Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
4-3 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4-4 Modular Cabinet Equipment, System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4-5 Zone Distribution Equipment, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4-6 Zone Distribution Equipment, Schematic Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
4-7 Control and Display, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-8 Entertainment, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
4-9 Video Encoder Equipment, System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
4-10 Data Tapping Equipment, System Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
4-11 Airborne Office, Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
iv
523-0808269
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Number Title Page

4-12 Passenger Notification, Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
4-13 Cabin Utility, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
4-14 Relay Drive Equipment, Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
4-15 Relay Drive Equipment, System Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
5-1 Internet Protocol Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5-2 Run Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5-3 Windows Explorer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5-4 MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5-5 MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page, VIEW ALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5-6 MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page, SEAT MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5-7 MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS/CURRENT Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5-8 MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS/HISTORY Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
5-9 MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, DETAILS Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5-10 MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, VARIABLES Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
5-11 MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, ADDITIONAL Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5-12 MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, COMMANDS Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
5-13 MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, CONFIG Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
5-14 MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, PACKET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
5-15 MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, CIRCUIT MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5-16 MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, KEYBOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
5-17 MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, DUAL SETUP Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
5-18 MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, ACCESS Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
5-19 MAINTENANCE Category, SYSTEM LOGIN Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
5-20 MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, UPPER and LOWER Configuration Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5-21 MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, FWD and AFT Configuration Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
5-22 MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, SET POWER UP DEFAULT VALUE Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
5-23 MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, CHANGE COLOR NAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
5-24 MAINTENANCE Category, ENTERTAINMENT Page, CUSTOM AUDIO Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
5-25 MAINTENANCE Category, CES Page, MCE Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
5-26 MAINTENANCE Category, MISC. Page, SELECT MASTER SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
5-27 MAINTENANCE Category, MESSAGES Page, MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
v
523-0808269
LIST OF TABLES
Number Title Page

1-1 CES Equipment for Challenger 605. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-2 Associated Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-3 ABDU-6180E Bulkhead Display Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1-4 ABDU-6210E Bulkhead Display Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
1-5 ARE-6000 In-Arm Mechanism (Left and Right), Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
1-6 ARE-6150 Plug-In Base (Sideledge), Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
1-7 BFE-6000 Bulkhead Display Fan, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
1-8 CDE-6000 CD/DVD/MP3 Player, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
1-9 DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33
1-10 EFB-6000 Electronic Flight Bag, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
1-11 ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
1-12 HST-2100 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
1-13 IFE-6000 IFE Fan, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
1-14 IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39
1-15 IRE-6000 Remote Control Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
1-16 MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
1-17 MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
1-18 MME-6000/6100 Moving Map Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
1-19 PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
1-20 PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
1-21 RDE-6X00 Relay Drive Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
1-22 Galley and Lavatory Speaker, 4 Ohms, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58
1-23 Cabin Ordinance Speaker, 8 Ohms, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59
1-24 SRT-2100-3 Satellite Data Unit, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-60
1-25 TSE-6014 Touch Screen Equipment, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61
1-26 TSE-6084 Touch Screen Equipment, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
1-27 TVE-6000 Satellite TV DBS Antenna Unit, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-63
1-28 TVE-6200 Satellite TV IF Multiplexer Unit, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-65
1-29 TVE-6300 Satellite TV Receiver Decoder Unit, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-67
1-30 VEE-6000 Video Encoding Equipment, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-70
1-31 WLU-6000 Wireless LAN Unit, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-72
1-32 XMA-1000, XM Radio Antenna, Equipment Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-73
1-33 XME-6400 XM Radio, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-74
1-34 ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Equipment Specification.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-75
2-1 Mount and Mating Connector Hardware and Tooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
3-1 Cabin Electronics System Equipment and Menus for Challenger 605. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-2 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Home Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-3 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Briefing Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3-4 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Water Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
3-5 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Galley Menu.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3-6 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-7 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Shades Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
3-8 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Preset Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-9 Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Messages Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3-10 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Settings Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
3-11 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Satellite TV Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3-12 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, DVD/CD Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
3-13 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, XM Radio Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
3-14 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, CD Changer Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3-15 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Camera Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-16 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Carry-On Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3-17 Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Messages Menu.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3-18 Touch Screen Equipment, Airshow Category, Home Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
vi
523-0808269
LIST OF TABLES
Number Title Page

3-19 Touch Screen Equipment, Airborne Office Category, Settings and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
3-20 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Cabin Category, Menu.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
3-21 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Source Select Category, Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
3-22 Pronto Remote. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
3-23 Wireless Passenger Control Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
3-24 Pronto Remote/Wireless Passenger Control Unit, Categories and Menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
3-25 Ordinance Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83
5-1 Cleaning and Handling Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-2 Equipment Required for Loading Electronic Manuals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
6-1 Service Bulletins and Service Information Letters.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
vii/(viii Blank)
523-0808269
INTRODUCTION
To submit comments regarding this manual, please contact:
Rockwell Collins, Inc.

400 Collins Rd NE
Attn: Technical Operations M/S 153-250
or send email to: techmanuals@rockwellcollins.com
ix/(x Blank)
523-0808269
SAFETY SUMMARY
1. GENERAL ADVISORIES FOR ALL UNITS.
SERVICE PERSONNEL ARE TO OBEY STANDARD SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SUCH AS WEARING

SAFETY GLASSES, TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY WHILE INSTALLING OR DOING MAINTE-
NANCE ON THIS UNIT.
USE CARE WHEN USING SEALANTS, SOLVENTS AND OTHER CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS. DO NOT
EXPOSE TO EXCESSIVE HEAT OR OPEN FLAME. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. AVOID
PROLONGED BREATHING OF VAPORS AND AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT WITH SKIN. OBSERVE
ALL CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS GIVEN BY THE MANUFACTURER.
REMOVE ALL POWER TO THE UNIT BEFORE DISASSEMBLING IT. DISASSEMBLING THE UNIT
WITH POWER CONNECTED IS DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND MAY CAUSE VOLTAGE TRANSIENTS
THAT CAN DAMAGE THE UNIT.
THIS UNIT MAY HAVE COMPONENTS THAT CONTAIN MATERIALS (SUCH AS BERYLLIUM OXIDE,
ACIDS, LITHIUM, RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL, MERCURY, ETC.) THAT CAN BE HAZARDOUS TO
YOUR HEALTH. IF THE COMPONENT ENCLOSURE IS BROKEN, HANDLE THE COMPONENT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA REQUIREMENTS, CFR TITLE 29 PART 1910.1000 OR SUPERSEDING
DOCUMENTS, TO PREVENT PERSONAL CONTACT WITH OR INHALATION OF HAZARDOUS MATE-
RIALS. SINCE IT IS VIRTUALLY IMPOSSIBLE TO DETERMINE WHICH COMPONENTS DO OR DO
NOT CONTAIN SUCH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, DO NOT OPEN OR DISASSEMBLE COMPONENTS
FOR ANY REASON.
THIS UNIT EXHIBITS A HIGH DEGREE OF FUNCTIONAL RELIABILITY. NEVERTHELESS, USERS

MUST KNOW THAT IT IS NOT PRACTICAL TO MONITOR FOR ALL CONCEIVABLE SYSTEM
FAILURES AND, HOWEVER UNLIKELY, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT ERRONEOUS OPERATION COULD
OCCUR WITHOUT A FAULT INDICATION. THE PILOT HAS THE RESPONSIBILITY TO FIND SUCH
AN OCCURRENCE BY MEANS OF CROSS-CHECKS WITH REDUNDANT OR CORRELATED DATA
AVAILABLE IN THE COCKPIT.
BEFORE HANDLING ANY UNIT OR UNIT COMPONENT, GROUND THE REPAIR OPERATOR
THROUGH A CONDUCTIVE WRIST STRAP OR OTHER DEVICE THAT USES A 470-KΩ OR 1-MΩ
SERIES RESISTOR TO PREVENT OPERATOR INJURY.
xi
safety summary 523-0808269
Turn off power before disconnecting any unit from wiring. Disconnecting the unit without turning power off may
cause voltage transients that can damage the unit. This unit contains Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive (ESDS)
components and ESDS assemblies that can be damaged by static voltages. Although most esds components con-
tain internal protection circuits, good procedures dictate careful handling of all ESDS components and ESDS
assemblies.
a. Obey the precautions given below when moving, touching, or repairing all ESDS components and units con-
taining ESDS components.
b. De-energize or remove all power, signal sources, and loads used with the unit.
c. Place the unit on a work surface that can conduct electricity (is grounded)
d. Ground the repair operator through a conductive wrist strap or other device using a 470-KΩ or 1-MΩ series
resistor to prevent unit or unit component damage.
e. Ground any tools (and soldering equipment) that will contact the unit. Contact with the operator's hand is a
sufficient ground for hand tools that are electrically isolated.
f. All ESDS replacement components are shipped in conductive foam or tubes and must be stored in their shipping
containers until installed.
g. ESDS devices and assemblies that are removed from a unit must immediately be put on the conductive work
surface or in conductive containers.
h. Place repaired or disconnected circuit cards in aluminum foil or in plastic bags that have a layer of, or are made
with, conductive material.
i. Do not touch ESDS devices/assemblies or remove them from their containers until they are needed. Failure to
handle ESDS devices as described above can permanently damage them. This damage can cause immediate or
premature device failure.
2. SPECIFIC SAFETY ADVISORIES FOR THE CABIN ELECTRONICS SYSTEM.

The Cabin Electronics System (CES) for the Bombardier 605 airplane has certain features that require special attention. Please read
the following cautions carefully.
TO ENERGIZE OR DE-ENERGIZE THE CES, REFER TO THE CES OPERATORS GUIDE.
REMOVAL AND INSTAL MODULAR CABINET EQUIPMENT MODULES ACCORDING TO THE

INSTRUCTIONS IN THE INSTALLATION CHAPTER OF THIS MANUAL. MODULES MUST NEVER
BE REMOVED OR INSTALLED WITH THE CES ENERGIZED. THE MODULES ARE REMOVED OR
INSTALLED IN A SPECIFIC ORDER TO PREVENT PHYSICAL DAMAGE TO THE MODULES.
xii
523-0808269
CHAPTER 1
General Information
1.1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter provides equipment description, equipment covered, cabin equipment location, equipment electrical specifications, for
the Cabin Electronic System (CES) for the Bombardier Challenger 605 aircraft.
1.2. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION.

The CES consists of backbone equipment, Cabin Management System (CMS) standard equipment, basic audio/video, and optional
equipment. This equipment is described in this section.
1.2.1. Backbone Equipment.
The MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE) does the system processing. The MCE-6000 is the physical cabinet that holds
the MCE modules. The MCE contains the PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment (PSE), MME-6000/6100 Moving Map Equipment
(MME), PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment (PME), JEE-6000 Jumper Ethernet Equipment (JEE) and the optional ESE-
6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment (ESE) module (replaces the JEE-6000).
1.2.1.1. The PSE-6000 provides independent power to each of the modules. The PSE has a capacitor that prevents the failure of
power output to the modules for short periods. A loss of primary input power to the PSE for as long as 200 milliseconds will not
interrupt MCE operations.
1.2.1.2. The PME-6000 module provides the processing, Input/Output (I/O), and memory resources for the MCE. The PME is a
key element in the CES system backbone.
1.2.1.3. The JEE-6000 module provides an Ethernet junction capability. The JEE provides a direct Ethernet connection between
the MCE external connectors and required Ethernet ports on the PME and MME.
1.2.1.4. The optional ESE-6100 module provides an Ethernet switch/router capability. The ESE provides 24 Local Area Net-
work (LAN) ports (10/100 Base T Ethernet network) as the primary system data bus. The optional ESE is installed in the JEE
position in the MCE.
1.2.1.5. The MME-6000/6100 module provides a commercial Pentium® processor-based platform suitable for hosting software
applications such as the Airshow Moving Map and Passenger Briefings.
1.2.1.6. The ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment (ZDE) provides both aircraft passenger entertainment and office in the
sky capability for the business traveler. The ZDE provides distributed (multicast) audio and video from standard Digital Video
Disk (DVD), Compact Disk (CD), and full browser capabilities in the displays.
1.2.2. Cabin Management System Standard Equipment.
The Cabin Management System (CMS) standard equipment includes the passenger and crew interfaces and control to the CES.
1.2.2.1. The Switch Panel Equipment (SPE) provide the passenger switch panel controls for the Call/Read/Table or
Call/Read/Read. An Ethernet RJ45 jack connection for the laptop computers.
1.2.2.2. The RDE-6000 Relay Drive Equipment (RDE) provides the switched relay and discrete ground/+28 V dc outputs to con-
trol components in its associated zone. The RDE has 14 relay outputs for control of Passenger Service Unit (PSU) lighting and fans
and 16 discrete outputs for control of the window shades. Each RDE is connected to a ZDE by using the Multi-Drop Serial Bus
(MDSB). The RDEs provides Seat Belt and No Smoking sign chime tones, and Cabin Call ringer tone to the cabin speakers.
1.2.2.3. The EFB-6000 Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) is a very light and compact screen with excellent optics, daylight readabil-
ity, night flight capable dimming and touch screen convenience. The unit accepts 12-20 V dc and has a standard Video Graphics
Array (VGA), Universal Serial Bus (USB) connection for video and the touch screen. The EFB provides a back-up to the galley
Touch Screen Equipment (TSE) functions. The PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment drives the EFB display. The EFB
software resides in the PME module of the MCE.
1-1
general information 523-0808269
1.2.2.4. The galley TSE serves as the main CES Built-In Test (BIT) and diagnostic interface. The galley TSE has the control
functions that follow:
• Call System
• Galley Systems
• Galley and Lavatory Lighting Control
• Water System
• Passenger Audio Control
• Cabin In-Flight Entertainment Source Selection and Control
• Cabin Lighting Control
• Cabin Temperature Control and Display
• Cabin Electric Window Shade Control
• Configuring and Selecting Different System Presets
• Entry Area Lighting Control
• Passenger Briefing System
• Interactive Mapping System
• Incoming Fax Annunciation
• 3.8 TSE Master Seat Relocation Control.
1.2.2.5. The DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment (DTE) receives and decodes video inputs from the ZDE 2 for the RH CTSE,
LH CTSE and the PNS pre-amp. The DTE encodes video inputs from the CTSEs to ZDE 2.
1.2.2.6. The IRE-6000 Infrared/Radio Equipment (IRE) remote control (also known as Pronto) is a color touch screen remote that
interfaces to the IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment (IIE). The Pronto transmits the Radio Frequency (RF) remote control codes
to the Infrared/Radio Frequency (IR/RF) interpreter. The IR/RF interpreter generates the source equipment codes in response to a
key push on the touch screen remote. The IR/RF interpreter outputs the control signals to the DVD and CD players.
1.2.2.7. Each passenger seat TSE provides the controls that follow:
• Video and Audio Source Selection
• Source Equipment Controls (MSL only).
1.2.3. Basic Audio/Video.

The CDE–6000 Dual Disc DVD player supplies video and analog audio output over the Ethernet Bus as part of the entertainment
system. The Dual Disc DVD player can play DVDs, MP3, and audio CDs.
1.2.3.1. The ABDU-6180E Bulkhead Display Equipment (BDE) is a 18.1-inch flat-panel displays. It displays the distributed
(multicast) video from standard DVD and CD players, and full browser capabilities.
1.2.4. Optional Equipment.
1.2.4.1. The ABDU-6210E Bulkhead Display Equipment (BDE) is a 21.3 inch flat-panel displays. It displays the distributed (mul-
ticast) video from standard DVD, CD players, and full browser capabilities. The TW-300 Tailwind (TW) satellite TV system enables
the aircraft to receive the Digital Broadcast Satellite (DBS) television signals. The DBS television signals provide the passengers
with access to a full spectrum of satellite video and audio programming. The system receives programming over selected regions of
the world. The satellite TV system includes:
• TV Antenna
• TV Antenna Interface
• IF Multiplexer Unit
• Receiver Decoder Units.
1-2
1.2.4.2. The XM Radio is a 4 channel receiver system. It receives user selectable satellite transmitted digital audio programming
providing music, news, live sports and talk shows.
1.2.4.3. The TSE-6014 has a 10.4-inch display. The TSE-6014 shows the distributed (multicast) video from standard DVD, CD,
and full browser capabilities.
1.2.4.4. The VEE-6000 receives the audio inputs as follows:
• Multi-disk CD player stereo-analog
• SAT TV
• XM Radio
• Carry-on video/audio port.
The Video Encoder Equipment (VEE) encodes the audio into a Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) stream/channel and it is multicast
onto the Ethernet LAN. The passengers use the TSE or Pronto to select and listen to any of these channels on passenger headphones.
The Zone Distribution Equipment (ZDE) decodes the audio from the selected stream and drives the headphones or cabin amplifier.
The VEE receives the video inputs as follows:
• DVD
• Camera
• Multi-disk CD player
• SAT TV
• Carry-on video/audio port.
The VEE processes National Television System Committee (NTSC) or Phase Alternation Line (PAL) analog video and audio. The
VEE encodes the video and audio into a Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) MPEG-1,2 stream/channel and it is multicast onto
the Ethernet LAN. The passengers use the TSE or Pronto to select and view any of these channels on passenger seat TSEs or bulkhead
monitors.
1.2.4.5. The SATCOM 6100 system has the SRT-2100 Satellite Data Unit (SRT) and HST-2100 High-Speed SATCOM Trans-
ceiver (HST). A second HST-2100 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver can be connected to the SRT. The HST provides Swift64
service with 64 kbits/second mobile Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) and mobile packet data services for the support of
the full range of ISDN compatible communication and Transmission Control Protocol-Internet Protocol (TCP-IP) internet connec-
tivity.
1.2.4.6. The Wireless LAN Unit (WLU) is a network distribution system designed specifically for rugged airborne applications.
It uses a Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) Direct-Sequence-Spread-Spectrum (DSSS) transmitter/receiver module that commu-
nicates in the 2.4 GHz Industrial, Scientific and Medical (ISM) radio-frequency-spectrum. The WLU provides the wireless commu-
nications to other aircraft cabin devices on the network. The WLU provides a bridge between the wired Ethernet LANs and 802.11b
compliant networks at a effective 11 Megabits per second (Mbps) data transfer rate on the radio network.
1.3. EQUIPMENT COVERED.

Refer to Table 1-1 for a list of the equipment covered in this manual. Refer to Figure 1-1 for an isometric view of each unit.
NOTE
An X in a part numbers indicates that the number/letter has not been identified at time the manual was published.
1-3
Table 1-1. CES Equipment for Challenger 605.
OPT
UNIT DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER STD QTY
QTY
CES Backbone
MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment 822-1877-001 1
MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment 822-1916-001 1
PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment 822-1879-001 1
PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment 822-1880-001 1
LAN and System Software 810-0026-010 1
PME Configuration File 810-0035-XXX 1
MME-6000 Moving Map Equipment (Small) 822-1881-002 1
MME MME Application Software 810-0012-005 1
MME Configuration File 810-0040-XXX 1
ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment 1308523-101 3
JEE-6000 Jumper Ethernet Equipment 822-2295-001 1
CMS Standard Equipment
EFB-6000 Electronic Flight Bag P/N FG8000RC-001 270-2770-020 1 1
C/R/T and C/R/R Switch Panel Mounting Bracket 2490-130-7 8
RDE-6000 Relay Drive Equipment 2052-1-2 2
DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment (Cockpit EFB and PA) 1308524-100 1
IRE-6000 Remote Control Equipment 2507-1-003 2 0
IREA-6000 Remote Control Software Config 810-0033-XXXX 1 0
IIE-6000 RF/IR Receiver/Interpreter 2033-1-1 1 0
TSE 8.4-inch 1308521-100 1
TSE 3.8-inch, VIP LCD 2516-1-1 1
PACP Short Beauty Ring 2492-2-5-T17SA 24
PACP H-phone Beauty Ring 2492-2-6-T17SA 8
PACP Display Beauty Ring 2492-2-7-T17SA 1
LCD, VIP Beauty Ring 2492-2-8-T17SA 1
CRT and CRR Long Beauty Ring 2492-2-9-T17SA 24
Switch Panel (Flush) 1x1 2600-1-41-T17SA 1
1x1 Call Switch Panel (Aft Lav) 2600-1-42-T17SA 1
1x4 Aft Lav Lights Switch Panel 2600-1-43-T17SA 1
1x1 Switch Panel (Jumpseat) 2600-1-44-T17SA 1
1x4 Switch Panel (Entry) 2600-1-45-T17SA 1
Passenger Switch (C/R/T) (Rt) 2601-1-10-T17SA 3
Passenger Switch (C/R/T) (Lt) 2601-1-11-T17SA 3
1-4 Change 1
Table 1-1. CES Equipment for Challenger 605. - Continued
OPT
QTY
Passenger Switch (C/R/R) (Divan Lt) 2601-1-8-T17SA 1
Headphone Jack 92100-1079 1
Remote Control SW Config 810-0033-XXXX 1
Passenger Switch (C/R/R) (Divan Rt) 2601-1-9-T17SA 1
PACP Passenger ACP (PACP Lt) 2601-2-2-T17SA 3
PACP Passenger ACP (PACP Rt) 2601-2-3-T17SA 5
Basic Audio/Video
SRE-6200 Speaker, Lavatory (8 Ohm) SCD130-3-1 2
SRE-6200 Speaker, Cabinet Ordinance (4 Ohm) SCD130-3-2 1
SAE-6000 Stereo Amplifier Equipment 3500-1-1 1
IFE-6000 IFE Fan 030002 2
BFE-6000 Galley TSE Fan 030616 1
BFE-6000 Bulkhead Display Fan 030616 1
ABDU-6180E 18.1-inch Bulkhead Display 822-0024-002 2
AAE-6200 (Preamp 270-NAT) 270-002 1
CDE-6000 Multi-disc CD Player 3201-1-2 1
Optional Equipment
Floorplan 2
SPE-XXXX Passengers Switch Panel (C/R/T) (Lt) 2601-1-10-XXXX 1
SPE-XXXX Passengers Switch Panel (C/R/T) (Rt) 2601-1-11-XXXX 1
PACP Passenger Audio Control Panel (PACP Lt) 2601-2-2-XXXX 1
PACP Passenger Audio Control Panel (PACP Rt) 2601-2-3-XXXX 2
CRT and CRR Long Beauty Ring 2492-2-9-T17SA 6
C/R/T and C/R/R Switch Panel Mounting Bracket 2490-130-7 2
Passenger Switch (C/R/R) (Divan Rt) 2601-1-9-T17SA 1
Floorplan 1 + 4: Seat Divan (RH) and Seat Divan (RH)
PACP Passenger ACP (PACP Lt) 2601-2-2-T17SA 1
Change 1 1-5
OPT
QTY
Entertainment Control Unit
Additional MSL 3.8-inch TSE
Headphone Jack 92100-1079 1
SATCOM 6100
SRT-2100 Satellite Data Unit 822-2023-001 1
Satcom 8 MCU Tray with Fan P/N 6269-101 866-5007-070 1
Swift64
HST-2100 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver (Swift 64) 822-2020-001 1
3-way Signal Splitter 850-0008-010 1
2 MCU Tray with Fan P/N 6269-101 866-5007-070 1
Swift128
HST-2100 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver (Swift 128) 822-2020-001 1
3-way Signal Splitter 850-0008-010 1
2-way Signal Splitter/Combiner 850-0009-010 1
2 MCU Tray with Fan P/N 6269-101 866-5007-070 1
CD Changer
CDE-6000 Multi Disk CD Player 3201-1-2 1
21.3-inch Bulkhead Display
ABDU-6210E Ethernet Display Equipment 21.3-inch 866-0022-002 2
Sideledge 10.4 inch Monitor
TSE-6014 Touch Screen Equipment, 10.4" TSE 1308520-100 1
Plug-In Arm 200-92796-101 1
ARE-6150 Plug-In Base (Side ledge) 200-92797-101 1
Wireless LAN
WLU-6000 Wireless LAN Unit 900973-1 1
Wireless LAN Unit Antenna 900626-1 1
LH Cockpit Display
EFB-6000 Electronic Flight Bag FG-8000RC-001 1 1
1-6 Change 1
OPT
QTY
DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment (Cockpit EFB and PA) 1308524-100 1
XM Radio 4 Channel
XME-6400 XM Radio XMR400-01 1
XM Radio Antenna
XMA-1000 XM Radio Antenna 822-2030-001 1
SatTV (TW-300)
TVE-6200 Satellite TV IF Multiplexer 930011-02 1
Receiver/Decoder Unit 931000-101 1
RDU Tray 914091-1 1
TV Antenna 81914B01B 1
TV Antenna Interface 81927B01B 1
VEE Option
VEE-6000 Video Encoder Equipment 1308525-100 1 1
ESE Option
ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment 822-1943-002 1
JEE-6000 Jumper Ethernet Equipment 822-2295-005 0
Second Dual DVD
ADVD-6220E Dual Ethernet CD/DVD Player 866-0025-001 1
Table 1-2. Associated Equipment.
UNIT DESCRIPTION
Satellite Data Unit Mount 8-MCU mounting tray, Back mount fan
Receive Splitter Frequency Range: 1.0 - 2.0 GHz Isolation db: 20 db (Typical)
Transmit Signal Combiner Frequency Range: 1.0 - 2.0 GHz Isolation db: 25 db (Typical)
Change 1 1-7
Figure 1-1. Cabin Electronic System (Sheet 1 of 7)
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1.4. EQUIPMENT LOCATION.

Refer to Figure 1-2 for CES equipment locations.
1-15/(1-16 Blank)
3/4 PLACE DIVAN

WITH PLUG-IN ARMREST DIVAN END
CABINET
LAVATORY
FS FS
FS FS MAGAZINE RACK FS FS
GALLEY 450.00 473.00
280.00 350.25 560.31 621.00
EMERGENCY
EXIT WATER TANK
10 GALLON
18" FLAT SCREEN DISPLAY
3X DOME LIGHT
FS FS
401.75 515.16 BAGGAGE
6X SINGLE SEAT ASSY DOOR
FLOOR PLAN 1
(BASELINE) AFT
WARDROBE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
FWD WARDROBE (9.0 LBS) X2
TPH7281_01
Figure 1-2. CES Equipment Location (Sheet 1 of 3)
1-17/(1-18 Blank)
3/4 PLACE DIVAN

WITH PLUG-IN ARMREST DIVAN END CABINET
MAGAZINE RACK LAVATORY
FS FS
FS FS FS
GALLEY 450.00 473.00 FS
280.00 350.25 560.31
EMERGENCY 621.00
EXIT
WATER
TANK
10
GALLON

BL
0.00
3X DOME LIGHT
FS FS
FWD WARDROBE CABINET 401.75
4X SINGLE SEAT ASSY 2X DOUBLE ASSY 514.70 BAGGAGE
DOOR
CONFERENCE TABLE
STORAGE CABINET
FLOOR PLAN 2 (OPTIONAL) FIRE EXTINGUISHER

EXTENDED CABIN (9.0 LBS) X2
TPH7281_02
1-19/(1-20 Blank)
3/4 PLACE DIVAN

WITH PLUG-IN ARMREST
DIVAN END CABINET
LAVATORY
FS FS
FS FS MAGAZINE RACK FS FS
GALLEY 450.00 473.00
280.00 350.25 541.25 621.00
EMERGENCY
EXIT
WATER TANK
10 GALLON

BL
0.00
3X DOME LIGHT
FS FS
401.75 491.80 BAGGAGE
DOOR
6X SINGLE SEAT ASSY
FLOOR PLAN 3 (OPTIONAL)
AFT WARDROBE
FWD WARDROBE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

(9.0 LBS) X2 TPH7281_03
1-21/(1-22 Blank)
1.5. EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS.

Refer to Table 1-3 through Table 1-34 for the equipment specifications.
1-23
Table 1-3. ABDU-6180E Bulkhead Display Equipment, Equipment Specification.

CHARACTERISTIC SPECIFICATION
Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Height 13.543 in
Width 2.303 in
Length 16.239 in
Weight 14 LBS
Cooling Air Forced-air cooling
Mounting TBD
Connectors
J1 D-Sub 17W5 (25P) for Power and Control
J2 Optical TOSLINK
J3 D-Sub 27W2 (25P) for Composite Video Input
J4 D-Sub (15P) PC VGA Interface
Maintenance Requirement On condition
Electrical
Input Power and Control Connector J1
J1-1 115 VAC 400 Hz, 0.55 Amp
J1-2 +28 V dc Power
J1-3 Not Used
J1-4 Not Used
J1-5 +28 V dc Return
J1-6 Luminance Signal
J1-7 Chassis Ground
J1-8 Not Used
J1-9 Digital Ground
Video Input Connector J2
VGA Interface Connector J4
J4-1 Red Out
J4-2 Green Out
J4-3 Blue In
J4-4 Monitor ID 2 IN
J4-5 Ground
J4-6 Digital Ground
J4-7 Green Return
J4-8 Blue Return
1-24
Table 1-3. ABDU-6180E Bulkhead Display Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

J4-9 No Pin
J4-10 SYNC Return
J4-13 Horizontal Sync
J4-14 Vertical Sync
J4-15 Monitor ID 3
1-25
Table 1-4. ABDU-6210E Bulkhead Display Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Height 0.39 m (15.4 in) max
Width 0.50 m (19.6 in) max
Length 0.06 m (2.3 in) max
Weight 7.37 Kg (16.2 LBS)
Mounting TBD
Connectors
J1 D-Sub (9P) for Power and Control
J2 BNC for Composite Video Input
Electrical
J1-1 115 VAC 400 Hz, 0.55 Amp
J1-2 +28 V dc Power
J1-4 115 VAC 400 Hz, 0.55 Amp Return
J1-5 Chassis Ground
J1-6 On Control
J1-7 Off Control
J1-8 On Indication
J1-9 Not Used
J3-1 Red Out
J3-2 Green Out
J3-3 Blue Out
J3-5 Ground
J3-6 Red Return
J3-7 Green Return
J3-8 Blue Return
J3-9 No Pin
1-26
Table 1-4. ABDU-6210E Bulkhead Display Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

J3-10 SYNC Return
J3-13 Horizontal Sync Out
J3-14 Vertical Sync Out
J3-15 DDC Serial Clock
1-27
Table 1-5. ARE-6000 In-Arm Mechanism (Left and Right), Equipment Specification.
Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Height 304.8 mm (12 in) max
Width 406.4 mm (16 in) max
Thickness 57.15 mm (2.25in) max
Weight 3.1 kg (6.75 lb) max
Cooling Air Convection or conduction cooling
Mounting
Connectors P2 connector at the mechanism disconnect shall be circular connector D38999/26FB35PN.J1
connector is a Cannon 31 pin part number 2DA31P.
Electrical
P1 Power and Control Signals
P2-3 RX_H
P2-4 RX_L
P2-5 TX_H
P2-6 TX_L
P2-10 RX
P2-11 TX
P2-12 Return
P2-1 +28 V dc Power Bus
P2-2 Power Ground
J1 Power and Control Signals
J1-13 +28 V dc Power Bus
J1-14 Power Ground
J1-11 RX_H
J1-12 RX_L
J1-1 TX_H
J1-22 TX_L
J1-26 RX
J1-5 TX
J1-16 Return
1-28
Table 1-6. ARE-6150 Plug-In Base (Sideledge), Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size (Base)
Height 48.768 mm (1.92 in) max
Width 48.26 mm (1.90 in) max
Length 76.708 mm (3.02 in) max
Weight (Base) 0.34 kg (0.75 lb) max
Base Mounting
Arm Mounting Inserted into Base
Connector P-3 connector at the aircraft disconnect shall be MIL-C-38999 circular connector
D38999/26FB35PN, and the cable shall be 24 ±0.5 inches long (measured from base bottom
to end of connector).
Electrical
Base Input Power
J1-13 +28 V dc Power
J1-14 Power Ground
Inputs
P3-3 RX_H
P3-4 RX_L
P3-5 TX_H
P3-8 TX_L
P3-10 RX
P3-11 TX
P3-12 Return
P3-1 +28V dc Power
P3-2 Power Ground
1-29
Table 1-7. BFE-6000 Bulkhead Display Fan, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA N/A
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Height 80 mm (3.15 in) max
Width 80 mm (3.15 in) max
Length 32 mm (1.25 in) max
Mounting Four screws
Connectors 12 in. leadwire
Fan Speed 4200 rpm
Cubic Feet/Minute 33 cfm
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V dc Power (Red) +28 V DC Power Bus
+28 V dc Return (Black) Power Ground
Tachometer Output (Blue/White) Square wave output equal to 2 pulses per revolution
1-30
Table 1-8. CDE-6000 CD/DVD/MP3 Player, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Weight 7.348 Kg (16.2 LB)
Mounting TBD
Connectors
J1 D-Sub (9P) for Power and Control
J2 BNC for Composite Video Input
Electrical
J1-1 115 VAC 400 Hz, 0.55 Amp
J1-2 +28 V dc Power
J1-4 115 VAC 400 Hz, 0.55 Amp Return
J1-5 Chassis Ground
J1-6 On Control
J1-7 Off Control
J1-8 On Indication
J1-9 Not Used
J3-1 Red Out
J3-2 Green Out
J3-3 Blue Out
J3-5 Ground
J3-6 Red Return
J3-7 Green Return
J3-8 Blue Return
J3-9 No Pin
1-31
Table 1-8. CDE-6000 CD/DVD/MP3 Player, Equipment Specification. - Continued

J3-10 SYNC Return
J3-13 Horizontal Sync out
J3-14 Vertical Sync Out
J3-15 DDC Serial Clock
1-32
Table 1-9. DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software RTCA/DO- 178B, Level E
Physical
Size
Weight 0.91 kg (2.0 lb)
Mounting Four screws, screw type, thread pitch and length at installers discretion.
Connectors Refer to Installation section for mating connector information.
J1 Lemo USA PN EXG.1B.305.HLN
Mating connector P1: Lemo USA PN FGG.1B.305.CLC with integral backshell
J2 Positronic PN ODD78M4R8N0Z 78-pin high-density male D subminiature
Mating connector P2: Positronic PN ODD78F10GVL0 with backshell and slidelock
Mating connector P3: Positronic PN ODD15F10GE0 with backshell
J4 Positronic PN ODD15F4R8N00 15-pin high-density female D subminiature
Mating connector P4: Positronic PN ODD15M10GEZ with backshell
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V dc Power (P1-3) +28 V DC Power Bus (pin)
+28 V dc Return (P1-1) Power Ground (socket)
Discretes and Straps Discrete status definition: 1 = open, 0 = ground
LRU_ADDRESS_0 LSB (P2-70) LRU Address Discrete Inputs
LRU_ADDRESS_1 (P2-71) 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 = DTE number 1
LRU_ADDRESS_4 MSB (P2-74) 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 = DTE number 4
0, 0, 1, 0, 1 = DTE number 5
0, 0, 1, 1, 0 = DTE number 6
PWR_CNTRL_ON_1 (P2-3) ARINC-722_1 Discrete Output
Power control ON to the bulkhead monitor
PWR_CNTRL_OFF_1 (P2-4) ARINC-722_1 Discrete Output
Power control OFF to the bulkhead monitor
Inputs/Outputs
NTSC1_COMP_IN (P2-7) NTSC1 Composite Signal In
NTSC1_COMP_RTN (P2-26) (From game jack panel)
Audio_In_H Left (P2-37) Left Audio In, Differential
Audio_In_L Left (P2-36) (From game jack panel or PA amplifier)
1-33
Table 1-9. DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

Audio_In_H Right (P2-39) Right Audio In, Differential
Audio_In_L Right (P2-17) (From game jack panel)
Audio_Out_H Left (P2-76) Left Audio Out, Differential Line
Audio_Out_L Left (P2-75) (to PA amplifier)
Audio_Out_H Right (P2-78) Right Audio Out, Differential Line
Audio_Out_L Right (P2-77)
XGA_RED_OUT (P2-11) XGA Red Out
XGA_RED_OUT_RTN (P2-30) (to bulkhead monitor)
XGA_GREEN_OUT (P2-12) XGA Green Out
XGA_GREEN_OUT_RTN (P2-31) (to bulkhead monitor)
XGA_BLUE_OUT (P2-13) XGA Blue Out
XGA_BLUE_OUT_RTN (P2-32) (to bulkhead monitor)
XGA_H_SYN_OUT (P2-52) XGA Horizontal Sync Out
XGA_H_SYN_OUT GROUND (P2-15) (to bulkhead monitor)
XGA_V_SYN_OUT (P2-53) XGA Vertical Sync Out
XGA_V_SYN_OUT GROUND (P2-34) (to bulkhead monitor)
DDC2_SERIAL_DATA (P2-51) DDC2 Serial Data Out
(to bulkhead monitor)
DDC2_SERIAL_CLK (P2-50) DDC2 Serial Clock Out
(to bulkhead monitor)
NTSC1_COMP_OUT (P2-46) NTSC1 Composite Signal Out
NTSC1_COMP_RTN (P2-66) (to bulkhead monitor)
XGA_RED_IN (P3-1) XGA Red In
XGA_RED_IN_RTN (P3-6) (From VGA jack panel)
XGA_GREEN_IN (P3-2) XGA Green In
XGA_GREEN_IN_RTN (P3-7) (From VGA jack panel)
XGA_BLUE_IN (P3-3) XGA Blue In
XGA_BLUE_IN_RTN (P3-8) (From VGA jack panel)
XGA_H_SYN_IN (P3-13) XGA Horizontal Sync In
XGA_H_SYN_IN GROUND (P3-10) (From VGA jack panel)
XGA_V_SYN_IN (P3-14) XGA Vertical Sync In
XGA_V_SYN_IN GROUND (P3-5) (From VGA jack panel)
DDC2_SERIAL_DATA (P3-12) DDC2 Serial Data In
(From VGA jack panel)
DDC2_SERIAL_CLK (P3-15) DDC2 Serial Clock In
(From VGA jack panel)
ETHERNET_TX1_H (P2-21) Format: 4-wire 10/100 Base-T Ethernet
ETHERNET_TX1_L (P2-60)
ETHERNET_RX1_H (P2-40)
ETHERNET_RX1_L (P2-41)
1-34
Table 1-10. EFB-6000 Electronic Flight Bag, Equipment Specification.
Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Mounting VESA stud mounting plate
J1 ITT Cannon PN KJA6T15W19PN
Mating connector P1.
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V dc Power (P1-J) +28 V dc Power Bus
+28 V dc Return (P1-K) Power Ground
Inputs/Outputs
VGA_RED_IN (P1-A) VGA Red Input
VGA_GREEN_IN (P1-C) VGA Green Input
VGA_BLUE_IN (P1-D) VGA Blue Input
VGA_V_SYN_IN (P1-E) VGA Vertical Sync Input
VGA_H_SYN_IN (P1-F) VGA Horizontal Sync Input
USB Output USB Output
USB 1 +5 V (P1-M)
USB 1 GND (P1-L)
USB 1 D– (P1-N)
USB 1 D+ (P1-U)
Pins P1-P, B, R, S, G are shield.
Pins P1-V, T are not used
1-35
Table 1-11. ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Cooling Air Forced-air cooling, part of MCE-6000
Mounting Installed in the MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment.
Connectors Part of MCE-6000.
Electrical
Input Power Supplied by the PSE-6000
1-36
Table 1-12. HST-2100 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software DO-178B Level E
Physical
Size 2 MCU
Weight 3.99 kg (8.8 lbs) maximum
Cooling Air Convection cooling from –40C to +55C up to 15 000 ft.
Forced air from –40C to +70C up to 55 000 ft.
Mounting 2 MCU size mounting tray in accordance with ARINC 600 specifications.
Electrical Refer to SATCOM 2100/6100 Installation Manual (CPN 523–0806495)
1-37
Table 1-13. IFE-6000 IFE Fan, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA N/A
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Cooling Air N/A
Connectors 12-inch lead wire
Fan Speed 3100 rpm
Cubic Feet/Minute 110 cfm
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V dc Power (Red) +28 V DC Power Bus
+28 V dc Return (Black) Power Ground
Tachometer Output (Blue/White) Square wave output equal to 1 pulse per revolution
1-38
Table 1-14. IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
J1 Positronic PN DD-50P 50-pin high-density male D subminiature
Mating connector P1: Positronic PN SD50F00JVLX with plastic hood and lock lever
J2 Positronic PN DD-25S 25-pin high-density female D subminiature
Mating connector P2: Positronic PN SD25M00JVLZ with plastic hood and lock lever
J4 BNC Jack
Mating connector P4: Kings KC-59-243, BNC male plug
J5 Positronic PN DB-9S 9-pin high-density female D subminiature
Mating connector P5: TrippLite PN P454-006, null modem cable
J6 Positronic PN DB-9P 9-pin high-density male D subminiature
Mating connector P6: Positronic PN SD9F00JVLX with plastic hood and lock lever
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V dc Power (P1-3) +28 V DC Power Bus
+28 V dc Return (P1-18) Power Ground
Chassis Ground (P1-2) Chassis Ground
Logical Inputs
Logical Input LI00 (P1-17) Logical input: Active low
Input impedance: 50 kΩ minimum
Low-level input voltage: +1.5 V dc maximum
1-39
Table 1-14. IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

Logical Strap Return (P1-1) Logical strapping return (0 V dc)
Status Outputs
SO00 (P1-45) Status output: Open collector current sink
Current capability: 150 mA at 70 °C
Maximum collector voltage: +40 V dc
Maximum collector-emitter saturation voltage: +1.1 V dc at 150 mA
1-40
Table 1-14. IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

Digital Interface - Serial Data Bus
RS-232 TX (P2-2) Format: RS-232 bus
RS-232 RX (P2-3)
RS-232 GND (P2-1)
RS-232 REQUEST TO SEND (P2-4)
RS-232 CLEAR TO SEND (P2-5)
DVD1 OUTPUT IR 1A (P2-18) Infrared mini-emitter output 1A
DVD1 OUTPUT IR 1A RETURN (P2-6)
VCP1 OUTPUT IR 2A (P2-20) Infrared mini-emitter output 2A
VCP1 OUTPUT IR 2A RETURN (P2-8)
CD1 OUTPUT IR 1B (P2-19) Infrared mini-emitter output 1B
CD1 OUTPUT IR 1B RETURN (P2-7)
DVD2/VCR3 OUTPUT IR 3A (P2-22) Infrared mini-emitter output 3A
DVD2/VCR3 OUTPUT IR 3A RETURN (P2-10)
VCR2/DVD3 OUTPUT IR 4A (P2-24) Infrared mini-emitter output 4A
VCR2/DVD3 OUTPUT IR 4A RETURN (P2-12)
CD2 OUTPUT IR 2B (P2-21) Infrared mini-emitter output 2B
CD2 OUTPUT IR 2B RETURN (P2-9)
Download Receive Data (P5-2) Format: RS-232 bus
Download Transmit Data (P5-3)
RS232 Isolated Ground (P5-5)
AUTO-TERMINATE (P6-1) Format: Multi-Drop Secondary Bus
DATA_A (P6-2)
DATA_/A (P6-3)
DATA_B (P6-4)
DATA_/B (P6-5)
DATA_A (P6-6)
DATA_/A (P6-7)
DATA_B (P6-8)
DATA_/B (P6-9)
1-41
Table 1-15. IRE-6000 Remote Control Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA N/A
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Height 141 mm (5.55 in) max
Width 94 mm (3.70 in) max
Length 33 mm (1.30 in) max
Mounting N/A
Connectors N/A
Range RF operating distance up to 15 m (50 ft)
1-42
Table 1-16. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Cooling Air Forced-air cooling.
Mounting Four socket-head screws 4.83 mm (0.190 in) (NAS1352 or MS16998) and four flat-washers
(NAS620)
J1 D38999/20FJ35AN (CPN 359-0687-090)
Mating connector P1: D38999/26FJ35SN (CPN 359-0680-090)
J2 ITT Cannon PN CA140266-6 (CPN 359-0714-020)
Mating connector P2: ITT Cannon PN CA140266-5 (CPN 359-0715-020)
J3 ITT Cannon PN CA140266-9 (CPN 359-0714-030)
Mating connector P3: ITT Cannon PN CA140266-8 (CPN 359-0715-030)
J4 D38999/20FE8AN (CPN 359-0326-010)
Mating connector P4: D38999/26FE8SN (CPN 359-0680-250)
J5 (P/O MFE) MS27508E8F35P (CPN 359-0654-010)
Mating connector P5: MS27484T8F35S (CPN 359-0645-010)
Electrical
Input Power
+28 V dc Primary Power (P4-A) Hot
Ground (P4-H) Cold
+28 V dc Battery Power (P4-D) Hot
Ground (P4-E) Cold
Chassis Ground (P4-F) Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground (P1-67, 68, 69, 70) Chassis Ground
Fan Power Sink (P1-93)
Discrete Inputs and Straps Discrete status definition: 1 = open, 0 = ground
Discrete_1_IN_G/O (P1-10) Discrete input:
1-43
Table 1-16. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

Discrete_9_IN_28V/O (P1-110) Discrete input:
Discrete_1_OUT_28V/O (P1-122) Discrete output:
Discrete_1_OUT_G/O (P1-3) Discrete output:
Fan Monitor (P1-104) Discrete input: MFE fan monitor
ON_GND_A-F (P1-2) Discrete input: Weight-on-wheels
ON_GND_B-F (P1-116) Discrete input: Weight-on-wheels
Hook_Switch_IN (P1-53) Discrete input:
Ready_IN (P1-54) Discrete input:
MDM_Tip (P1-65) Discrete input:
MDM_GND (P1-66) Discrete input:
MDM_RING (P1-63) Discrete input:
MDM_GND (P1-64)
END_CALL_OUT (P1-87) Discrete output:
FAX/DATA_OUT (P1-88) Discrete output:
STANDBY_IN (P1-76) Discrete input:
PHONE_CTRL_IN (P1-77) Discrete input:
OFF_HOOK_OUT (P1-98) Discrete output:
PHONE_CTRL_OUT (P1-99) Discrete output:
SDI_A_0 (P1-109) Strap input:
SDI_A_1 (P1-108) Strap input:
SDI_A_Parity (P1-107) Strap input:
1-44

SDI_B_0 (P1-19) Strap input:
SDI_B_1 (P1-18) Strap input:
SDI_B_Parity (P1-17) Strap input:
TEST_EN_A-F (P1-9) Discrete input:
TEST_EN_B-F (P1-106) Discrete input:
SW_LOAD_EN_A-F (P1-1) Discrete input:
SW_LOAD_EN_B-F (P1-96) Discrete input:
ARINC429_IN_1A (P1-43) Format: 2-wire high-speed ARINC 429 input
ARINC429_IN_1B (P1-44)
ARINC429_IN_2B (P1-101)
ARINC429_OUT_1A (P1-91) Format: 2-wire high-speed ARINC 429 output
ARINC429_OUT_1B (P1-92)
Digital Interface - Ethernet Bus
ETHERNET_TX1_H (P2-11) Format: 4-wire Ethernet
1-45

Software Data Load
1-46

RS422_IN_1A (P1-29) Format: RS422 input
RS422_IN_1B (P1-30)
RS422_OUT_1A (P1-41) Format: RS422 output
RS422_OUT_1B (P1-42)
APM Interface The ECU-3000 is used as the Aircraft Personality Module.
APM_12V_PWR (P1-115) Power output:
ECU_8V_PWR (P1-115) Power output:
APM_GND (P1-105) APM Power Ground
APM_CS1-F (P1-16) Discrete output: Chip Select 1
APM_CS2-F (P1-27) Discrete output: Chip Select 2
APM_SCK (P1-85) Discrete output: Serial clock out
APM_SDO (P1-62) Discrete input: Serial data in
APM_SDI (P1-74) Discrete output: Serial data out
1-47
Table 1-17. MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA N/A
Physical
Size
Mounting Four screws 4.83 mm (0.190 in). Screw type, thread pitch and length at installers discretion.
J5 MS27508E8F35P (CPN 359-0654-010)
Mating connector P5: MS27484T8F35S (CPN 359-0645-010)
Electrical
+28 V dc Power (P5-1) Hot
+28 V dc Fan Return (P5-5) Cold
Fan Fault (P5-2) Discrete output:
Fan Test In (P5-3) Discrete input:
SW Fan (P5-4)
Spare (P5-6)
1-48
Table 1-18. MME-6000/6100 Moving Map Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Weight MME-6000: 2.04 kg (4.5 lb)
MME-6100: 2.40 kg (5.3 lb)
Mounting Installed in the MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment
Connectors Part of MCE-6000
Electrical
1-49
Table 1-19. PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Electrical
1-50
Table 1-20. PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Electrical
1-51
Table 1-21. RDE-6X00 Relay Drive Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software RTCA/DO-178B Level E (non-essential)
Physical
Size
Mounting Four screws, 0.138-32 UNC-2A (#6-32). Screw type, length at installers discretion.
J1 Positronic DD-50S
Mating connector P1: Positronic SD50M00JVLZ
J2 Positronic DD-9S
Mating connector P2: TrippLite P454-006
J3 Positronic DD-50P
Mating connector P3: Positronic SD50F00JVLX
J4 Positronic DD-9P
Mating connector P4: Positronic SD9F00JVLX
Electrical
Input Power
Power In 1 +28 V dc (P3-33) +28 V DC Power Bus
Power Battery In (P3-13) Supplies the +28-V dc battery power to the unit
Power Battery Out (P3-46) Battery Power Ground
Battery On In (P3-30) Discrete: A ground logic on the Battery On In discrete causes the unit to draw power from the
Power Battery In (P3-13) bus, if power is not available on the Power In 1 +28 V dc bus.
Output Power
Voltage Reference 1 Output (P3-15) Adjustable Voltage Reference
Range: 0 to +14 V dc
Sink/Source: ±4 mA (10 kΩ load)
Sink/Source: +/-4 mA (10 kΩ load)
1-52
Table 1-21. RDE-6X00 Relay Drive Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

Voltage Reference DC Return (P3-49)
Relays
CKT 1 Power In/Out Normally Open (P3-1) Power Switch
CKT 1 Power In/Out Common (P3-34) Maximum AC switching voltage: 380 V ac
CKT 1 Power In/Out Normally Closed (P3-18) Maximum DC switching voltage: +32 V dc
Maximum DC switching voltage: +32 V dc
Logical Inputs
1-53

Logical Input LI15 (P1-12) Internal use onlyLogical input: Active low
Logical Input HI16 (P1-45) Internal use onlyLogical input: Active high
High-level input voltage: +3.5 V dc minimum
Logical Input HI17 (P1-28) Internal use onlyLogical input: Active high
1-54

Logical Input HI18 (P1-11) Logical input: Active high
Logical Input HI19 (P1-44) Logical input: Active high
Status Outputs
1-55

Chime Output
Chime (P1-37) Software programmable chime
Adjustable from 0.3 Vpp maximum to 5 Vpp minimum
Maximum power: ) 0.75 W into 8 Ohms, 1.5 W into 4 Ohms
Default chime tonal composition (waveforms are square)
• Chime 1 - 1 second of 660 Hz followed by 3 seconds of 550 Hz
• Chime 2 - 1 second of 550 Hz followed by 3 seconds of 460 Hz
• Chime 3 - 1 second of 450 Hz followed by 3 seconds of 375 Hz.
Digital Potentiometer
Digital Potentiometer 1 CW (P1-20) Digital Potentiometer
Digital Potentiometer 1 CCW-Wiper (P1-3) CW to CCW resistance: ±5%
Digital Potentiometer 1 CCW (P1-36) 64 Steps
Digital Potentiometer 1 CW-Wiper (P1-19) Fully isolated from logic control
Digital Potentiometer 2 CW (P1-18) Digital Potentiometer
Digital Potentiometer 2 CCW-Wiper (P1-35) CW to CCW resistance: ±5%
Digital Potentiometer 2 CCW (P1-1) 64 Steps
Digital Potentiometer 2 CW-Wiper (P1-2) Fully isolated from logic control
Switch Return (P1-34)
1-56

Receive Data (P2-2)
Transmit Data (P2-3)
Isolated Ground (P2-5)
AUTO-TERMINATE (P4-1) Format: Multi-Drop Secondary Bus
DATA_A (P4-2)
DATA_/A (P4-3)
DATA_B (P4-4)
DATA_/B (P4-5)
DATA_A (P4-6)
DATA_/A (P4-7)
DATA_B (P4-8)
DATA_/B (P4-9)
1-57
Table 1-22. Galley and Lavatory Speaker, 4 Ohms, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA N/A
Software N/A
Physical
Size (SRE-2600-11, 2600-1-2, 2600–1–3, 2600–1–47)
Connector J1 9 pin D-SUB connector
1-58
Table 1-23. Cabin Ordinance Speaker, 8 Ohms, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA N/A
Software N/A
Physical
Size (SRE-6110 PN DT-PA2N-4, DT-PA2N-8)
Connectors N/A
1-59
Table 1-24. SRT-2100-3 Satellite Data Unit, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
EUROCAE ED-14D (equivalent to DO-160D)

ED-12B (equivalent to DO-178B)
Software DO 178B Level D
Physical
Size 8 MCU in accordance with ARINC 600-8
Length 322.58 mm (12.70 in) max, plus 61.0 mm (2.40 in) handles.
Cooling Air Forced-air cooling at a rate of 87 kg/hr at 40 °C max and a pressure drop of 6.35 ±1.27 mm
(0.250 ±0.050 in) of water.
Mounting 8 MCU size mounting tray in accordance with ARINC 600-8
Connectors
J1 ITT Cannon PN BKAF2-68101-148 (CPN 859-2777-200)
Mating connector P1: ITT Cannon PN BKAC2-68134-154 (CPN 859-3477-360)
J2 ITT Cannon PN KPT02E14-19S (CPN 371-2317-000)
Mating connector P2: ITT Cannon PN KPT06B-14-19P (CPN 371-6230-000)
Electrical Refer to SATCOM 2100/6100 Installation Manual (CPN 523-0806495)
1-60
Table 1-25. TSE-6014 Touch Screen Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Mounting Four screws, 0.190-32 UNF-2B, 0.380 min/0.630 max thread intrusion.
J1 ITT Cannon PN 2DA31S-FO
Mating connector P1: ITT Cannon PN 2DA31P-FO
Electrical
Input Power
LRU_ADDRESS_1 (P1-15) 0, 0, 0, 1 = TSE number 1
0, 1, 0, 0 = TSE, galley
0, 1, 0, 1 = TSE number 5
0, 1, 1, 0 = TSE number 6
Inputs/Outputs
RS-232 TX (P1-26) Format: 2-wire RS-232 bus
RS-232 RX (P1-5)
RS-232 GND (P1-16)
1-61
Table 1-26. TSE-6084 Touch Screen Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Mounting Four screws, 0.190-32 UNF-2B, 0.380 min/0.630 max thread intrusion.
J1 ITT Cannon PN 2DA31S-FO
Mating connector P1: ITT Cannon PN 2DA31P-FO
Electrical
Input Power
0, 1, 0, 0 = TSE, galley
0, 1, 0, 1 = TSE number 5
0, 1, 1, 0 = TSE number 6
Inputs/Outputs
RS-232 TX (P1-26) Format: 2-wire RS-232 bus
RS-232 RX (P1-5)
RS-232 GND (P1-16)
1-62
Table 1-27. TVE-6000 Satellite TV DBS Antenna Unit, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Weight 8.18 kg (18 lb) max
Mounting Four 8-32 screws
J1 MS27496T15B35P
Mating connector P1: MS27467T15B35S (LTJR06RT1535S)
J2 (Green) SMA Female
Mating connector P2: RF jumper cables are supplied to mate with the SMA connectors
J3 (White) SMA Female
Mating connector P3: RF jumper cables are supplied to mate with the SMA connectors
Electrical
Input Power
+12 V dc Power (P1-18) PCU +12 V dc power from the Gimbal Electronic Module
+12 V dc Return (P1-1) Power Ground to the Gimbal Electronic Module
Discrete Outputs
AZ SWITCH 0 (P1-21) Discrete outputs
AZ SWITCH 90 (P1-5)
AZ SWITCH 180 (P1-13)
AZ SWITCH 270 (P1-27)
AZ SWITCH RTN (P1-14)
AZ SWITCH RTN (P1-28)
EL SWITCH + (P1-32) Discrete outputs
EL SWITCH RTN (P1-35)
Antenna Position Outputs
AZ HALL +5 V DC (P1-31)
AZ HALL A (P1-4)
AZ HALL B (P1-20)
AZ HALL C (P1-19)
AZ HALL GND (P1-33)
1-63
Table 1-27. TVE-6000 Satellite TV DBS Antenna Unit, Equipment Specification. - Continued
EL HALL +5 V DC (P1-36)
EL HALL A (P1-15)
EL HALL B (P1-29)
EL HALL C (P1-30)
EL HALL GND (P1-34)
Stabilization Inputs
AZ PHASE B (P1-8) Azimuth antenna positioning input
AZ PHASE A (P1-24)
AZ PHASE C (P1-9)
AZ CHASSIS (P1-6)
EL PHASE B (P1-11) Elevation antenna positioning input
EL PHASE A (P1-25)
EL PHASE C (P1-10)
EL CHASSIS (P1-22)
Serial Digital Interface
PCU TX+ (P1-16) PCU bus input from GEM
PCU TX- (P1-17)
PCU RX+ (P1-2) PCU bus output to GEM
PCU RX- (P1-3)
Antenna Outputs
RF VERT/RHCP (Green) (P2) DBS antenna rf output
Right hand circular polarity
Ku-Band (10.7 to 12.75 GHz)
50 Ω impedance
RF HORIZ/LHCP (White) (P3) DBS antenna rf output
Left hand circular polarity
Ku-Band (10.7 to 12.75 GHz)
50 Ω impedance
1-64
Table 1-28. TVE-6200 Satellite TV IF Multiplexer Unit, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
J1 BNC Female
Mating connector P1: BNC Male
J2 BNC Female
J3 BNC Female
J4 BNC Female
J5 BNC Female
J6 BNC Female
J7 BNC Female
J8 BNC Female
J9 DE-9P 9-pin D-subminiature
Mating connector P9: DE-9S
J10 (Blue) BNC Female
J11 (Red) BNC Female
J12 (Brown) BNC Female
J13 (Yellow) BNC Female
Electrical
Input Power
+12 V dc Power (P9-6) +12 V DC power from master Receiver Decoder Unit (RDU)
+21 V dc Power (P9-9) +21 V DC power from master RDU
1-65
Table 1-28. TVE-6200 Satellite TV IF Multiplexer Unit, Equipment Specification. - Continued

Return (P9-5) Power Ground
Intermediate Frequency Inputs
IF HI-VERT IN (P10 center conductor) IF input signal SSP from SSP
IF HI-VERT IN RTN (P10 shield) Hi-band 1550 to 2150 MHz frequency band
75 Ω characteristic impedance
IF HI-HORIZ IN (P11 center conductor) IF input signal from SSP
IF HI-HORIZ IN RTN (P11 shield) Hi-band 1550 to 2150 MHz frequency band
IF LO-VERT/LHCP IN (P12 center conductor) IF input signal from SSP
IF LO-VERT/LHCP IN RTN (P12 shield) Lo-band 950 to 1550 MHz frequency band
IF LO-HORIZ/LHCP IN (P13 center conductor) IF input signal from SSP
IF LO-HORIZ/LHCP IN RTN (P13 shield) Lo-band 950 to 1550 MHz frequency band
Intermediate Frequency Outputs
IF 1 OUT (P1 center conductor) IF output signal to Receiver Decoder Unit (RDU)
IF 1 OUT RTN (P1 shield) 950 to 2150 MHz frequency band
1-66
Table 1-29. TVE-6300 Satellite TV Receiver Decoder Unit, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Mounting 3/8-ATR short tray mount
J1 Radiall PN 6166997206
Mating connector P1: AMP PN RM2P33C4S33C4S-0001 (200)
J2 DE-15P Positronic PN DD15M1S500X
Mating connector P2:Positronic PN DD15F10JVLX
Electrical
Input /Output Power
+28 V dc Power (P1B-1) +28 V dc power bus input
+28 V dc Power Return (P1B-2) Power Ground
Chassis Ground (P1B-3) Chassis Ground
+21 V dc Power Out (P1A-11) +21 V dc power output to IMU
+14 V dc Power Out (P1A-12) +14 V dc power output to IMU
IMU Power Return (P1A-13) IMU Power Ground
RS485 STRAP 1 (SECONDARY) LSB (P1A-18) Receiver Decoder Unit Address Strap Inputs
RS485 STRAP 2 (SECONDARY) (P1A-19) 1, 1, 1, 1 = RDU number 0 (Master)
RS485 STRAP 3 (SECONDARY) (P1A-20) 1, 1, 1, 0 = RDU number 1
RS485 STRAP 4 (SECONDARY) (P1A-21) 1, 1, 0, 1 = RDU number 2
1, 1, 0, 0 = RDU number 3
1, 0, 1, 1 = RDU number 4
1, 0, 1, 0 = RDU number 5
RCVR 1 IR REMOTE SELECT (P1B-7) Format: Discrete Input
1 = Inactive
0 = Active
RCVR 2 IR REMOTE SELECT (P1B-11) Format: Discrete Input
1 = Inactive
0 = Active
PROGRAM RETURN (P1B-4) Format: Discrete return
RCVR 1 SELECT IN (P1B-15) Format: Discrete Input
1 = Inactive
0 = Active
1-67
Table 1-29. TVE-6300 Satellite TV Receiver Decoder Unit, Equipment Specification. - Continued
RCVR 2 SELECT IN (P1B-16) Format: Discrete Input
1 = Inactive
0 = Active
RCVR SELECT RETURN (P1B-14) Format: Discrete return
RCVR 1 KEYLINE OUT (P1B-8) Format: Discrete Output
1 = Inactive
0 = Active
RCVR 2 KEYLINE OUT (P1B-12) Format: Discrete Output
1 = Inactive
0 = Active
KEYLINE RETURN (P1B-13) Format: Discrete return
IR Remote Inputs
RCVR 1 IR REMOTE SIGNAL IN (P1B-5) Format: TTL logic level, demodulated infrared
RCVR 1 IR REMOTE SIGNAL IN RTN (P1B-6)
RCVR 2 IR REMOTE SIGNAL IN (P1B-9) Format: TTL logic level, demodulated infrared
RCVR 2 IR REMOTE SIGNAL IN RTN (P1B-10)
Serial Data Inputs/Outputs
RS485 DATA H (PRIMARY) (P1B-20) Format: 2-wire RS-485 bi-directional bus
RS485 DATA L (PRIMARY) (P1B-21) Communication Protocol: Half-duplex ARINC 485, 8 bits, odd parity, one stop bit, 9600 baud.
RS485 DATA H (SECONDARY) (P1A-14) Format: 2-wire RS-485 bi-directional bus
RS485 DATA L (SECONDARY) (P1A-15) Communication Protocol: Half-duplex ARINC 485, 8 bits, odd parity, one stop bit, 9600 baud.
RS485 TERM A (SECONDARY) (P1A-16)
RS485 TERM B (SECONDARY) (P1A-17)
RCVR 1 RS-232 TX (P1A-26) Format: RS-232 bus from RDU receiver 1
RCVR 1 RS-232 RX (P1A-27)
RCVR 1 RS-232 GND (P1A-5)
RCVR 1 RS-232 REQUEST TO SEND (P1A-28)
RCVR 1 RS-232 CLEAR TO SEND (P1A-29)
RCVR 2 RS-232 TX (P1A-22) Format: RS-232 bus from RDU receiver 2
RCVR 2 RS-232 RX (P1A-23)
RCVR 2 RS-232 GND (P1A-6)
RCVR 2 RS-232 REQUEST TO SEND (P1A-24)
RCVR 2 RS-232 CLEAR TO SEND (P1A-25)
RS-232 TXD (P1B-17) Format: RS-232 bus from RDU Com processor
RS-232 RXD (P1B-18)
RS-232 GND (P1B-19)
Audio Outputs
RCVR 1 AUDIO OUT H Left (P1B-22) Format: 2-wire, Receiver-1 left audio out, unbalanced
RCVR 1 AUDIO OUT L Left (P1B-23)
RCVR 1 AUDIO OUT H Right (P1B-24) Format: 2-wire, Receiver-1 right audio out, unbalanced
RCVR 1 AUDIO OUT L Right (P1B-25)
RCVR 2 AUDIO OUT H Left (P1B-26) Format: 2-wire, Receiver-2 left audio out, unbalanced
RCVR 2 AUDIO OUT L Left (P1B-27)
RCVR 2 AUDIO OUT H Right (P1B-28) Format: 2-wire, Receiver-2 right audio out, unbalanced
RCVR 2 AUDIO OUT L Right (P1B-29)
Intermediate Frequency Inputs
RCVR 1 IF SIGNAL IN (P1B-A1) IF input signal from IF Multiplexer Unit (IMU)
950 to 2150 MHz frequency band
1-68
Table 1-29. TVE-6300 Satellite TV Receiver Decoder Unit, Equipment Specification. - Continued
RCVR 2 IF SIGNAL IN (P1B-A3) IF input signal from IF Multiplexer Unit (IMU)
950 to 2150 MHz frequency band
Video Outputs
RCVR 1 COMP VIDEO OUT (P1B-A2)) Format: NTSC/PAL composite video signal out
75 Ω unbalanced output
RCVR 2 COMP VIDEO OUT (P1B-A4)) Format: NTSC/PAL composite video signal out
75 Ω unbalanced output
1-69
Table 1-30. VEE-6000 Video Encoding Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
J1 Lemo USA PN EXG.1B.305.HLN
Mating connector P1: Lemo USA PN FGG.1B.305.CLC with integral backshell
Mating connector P2: Positronic PN ODD26M1000Z with backshell and key
D15000GE0-1718-0
D15000GE0-1718-1
D15000GE0-1718-2
Electrical
Input Power
LRU_ADDRESS_1 (P3-8) 0, 0, 0, 1 = VEE number 1
0, 1, 0, 0 = VEE number 4
0, 1, 0, 1 = VEE number 5
Inputs/Outputs
1-70
Table 1-30. VEE-6000 Video Encoding Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

CH1_NTSC_COMP_IN (P4-1) NTSC Composite Signal In
CH1_NTSC_COMP_RTN (P4-10)
Audio_In_CH1_H Left (P3-13) Left Audio In, Differential
Audio_In_CH1_L Left (P3-12)
Audio_In_CH1_H Right (P3-14) Right Audio In, Differential
Audio_In_CH1_L Right (P3-11)
Audio_In_CH2_H Left (P3-16) Left Audio In, Differential
Audio_In_CH2_L Left (P3-17)
Audio_In_CH2_H Right (P3-37) Right Audio In, Differential
Audio_In_CH2_L Right (P3-38)
Video/Audio_Input_1 Left Audio H (P4-18) Left Audio Input 1, Differential
Video/Audio_Input_1 Left Audio L (P4-26)
Video/Audio_Input_1 Right Audio H (P4-9) Right Audio Input 1, Differential
Video/Audio_Input_1 Right Audio L (P4-17)
Video/Audio_Input_1 Video (P4-1) Video Input 1
Video/Audio_Input_1 Video Return (P4-10)
RS-485_A (P4-15) Format: 2-wire RS-485 bi-directional bus
RS-485_B (P4-23) Communication Protocol: Half-duplex ARINC 485, 8 bits, odd parity, one stop bit, 9600 baud.
RS-485 GND (P4-24)
1-71
Table 1-31. WLU-6000 Wireless LAN Unit, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Mounting Six screws
J1 M83723/72R2041N
Mating connector P1: M83723/77R2041N
J2 TNC Female
Mating connector P2: TNC Male
Electrical
Input Power Connect +28 V dc or 115 V ac power.
+28 V dc Primary Power (P1-38) +28 V DC Power Bus
115 V AC, 400 Hz (Hot) (P1-18) 115 V AC Power Bus
115 V AC, 400 Hz (Neutral) (P1-19)
Chassis Ground (P1-22, 37) Chassis Ground
Discrete Inputs/Outputs Discrete status definition: 1 = open, 0 = ground
DISCRETE_IN_1 (P1-14)) Format: Discrete input
PS ON/OFF
RF ENABLE/DISABLE
DISCRETE_OUT_1 (P1-20)) Format: Discrete output
PS ON/OFF STATUS
RF OPERATIONAL
Serial Digital Bus
1-72
Table 1-32. XMA-1000, XM Radio Antenna, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Mounting Six screws
J1 M83723/72R2041N
J2 TNC Female
Electrical
115 V AC, 400 Hz (Neutral) (P1-19)
PS ON/OFF
RF ENABLE/DISABLE
PS ON/OFF STATUS
RF OPERATIONAL
Serial Digital Bus
1-73
Table 1-33. XME-6400 XM Radio, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software N/A
Physical
Size
Mounting Six screws
J1 M83723/72R2041N
J2 TNC Female
Electrical
115 V AC, 400 Hz (Neutral) (P1-19)
PS ON/OFF
RF ENABLE/DISABLE
PS ON/OFF STATUS
RF OPERATIONAL
Serial Digital Bus
1-74
Table 1-34. ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Equipment Specification.

Environmental
RTCA DO-160D
Software RTCA/DO-178B Level E (non-essential)
Physical
Size
Mounting Four screws: screw type, thread pitch and length at installers discretion.
J1 Lemo USA PN EXG. 1B.305.HLN
Mating connector P1: Lemo USA PN FGG.1B.305.CLC with backshell
Mating connector P3: Positronic PN ODD44F10GE0 with backshell
Mating connector P4: Positronic PN ODD15F10GE0 with backshell and key
J5 Positronic PN ODD15M4R8NOZ 15-pin high-density male D subminiature
Mating connector P5: Positronic PN ODD15F10000, with backshell and key PN
D9000GEO-1718-0
Electrical
Input Power
Strap Inputs Discrete status definition: 1 = open, 0 = ground
Address Strap 0 (P2-17) Strap input: Set the ZDE address ID Strap: 3, 2, 1, 0
Address Strap 1 (P2-36) 1, 1, 1, 0 = Address ID 1
1, 0, 1, 1 = Address ID 4
Ground Ref (P2-46) Address Strap Ground
Ground Ref (P2-52)
Audio Output
1-75
Table 1-34. ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

Audio 1 L (P2-18) Stereo audio output to the headphone jack
Audio 1 R (P2-20)
Audio 1 Return (P2-19)
Audio 2 R (P2-39)
Audio 3 R (P2-59)
Audio 4 R (P2-78)
Aux Audio Out 1 Left H (P2-15) Stereo audio output to the stereo amplifier
Aux Audio Out 1 Left L (P2-16)
Aux Audio Out 1 Right H (P2-34)
Aux Audio Out 1 Right L (P2-35)
Aux Audio Out 2 Left H (P2-54) Stereo audio output to the stereo amplifier
Aux Audio Out 2 Left L (P2-55)
Aux Audio Out 2 Right H (P2-73)
Aux Audio Out 2 Right L (P2-74)
Serial Digital Bus
RS-485_3B H (P2-24) Format: 2-wire RS-485 bi-directional bus
RS-485_3B L (P2-4) Communication Protocol: Half-duplex ARINC 485, 8 bits, odd parity, one stop bit, 9600 baud.
RS-485_3B GND (P2-6)RS-485_3A H (P2-25)
RS-485_3A L (P2-25)
RS-485_3A GND (P2-26)
RS-485_TERM H (P2-62) Format: Termination resistor for the RS-485 bus.
RS-485_TERM L (P2-63)
MDSB-A A (P2-10) Format: 4-wire Multi-Drop Serial Bus
MDSB-A /A (P2-48)
MDSB-A B (P2-7)
MDSB-A /B (P2-27)
MDSB Termination (P2-3)
GND Ref (P2-8)
1-76
Table 1-34. ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Equipment Specification. - Continued

RS-232_1 TX (P3-12) Format: 2-wire RS-232 bus
RS-232_1 RX (P3-13)
RS-232_1 GND (P3-11)
RS-232_2 RX (P3-15)
RS-232_2 GND (P3-14)
RS-232_3 RX (P3-42)
RS-232_3 GND (P3-41)
RS-232_4 RX (P3-43)
RS-232_4 GND (P3-29)
1.6. STORAGE.
Store each unit in its original packing materials and shipping container. If a unit is to be stored for an extended time period, put it in
an airtight bag with sufficient desiccant to absorb moisture. The ambient temperature of the storage area should not exceed the range
specified in the environmental specifications. The relative humidity should never exceed 95 percent. If a unit has been stored for an
extended period (more than 6 months), retest it before returning it to service. This ensures that possible component degradation has
not affected unit performance.
1-77/(1-78 Blank)
523-0808269
CHAPTER 2
Installation
2.1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter provides information needed to install the Cabin Electronic System (CES) in the Bombardier Challenger 605 airplane.
The installation data in this section consists of airplane wiring procedures and precautions, removal and installation of the CES units,
and system interconnect wiring diagrams.
2.2. UNPACKING AND INSPECTING EQUIPMENT.

Unpack the equipment carefully and inspect each unit for possible shipping damage. If damage exists, promptly file a claim with the
transportation company and save all shipping containers and packing materials as proof of shipping damage. Check the equipment
received against the packing list to ensure that all the equipment has been received. If no damage can be detected, replace packing
materials in the shipping containers and save for future use (e.g., storage or reshipment).
2.3. PRE-INSTALLATION CHECK.

Before installing the equipment in the airplane, do the final performance (customer acceptance) test in the maintenance section of this
manual or connect units in a system mock-up to make sure that all units of the CES operate properly. This ensures that equipment
meets performance specifications, and simplifies system troubleshooting.
2.4. CABLING INSTRUCTIONS.
MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRPLANE BATTERY MASTER SWITCH IS TURNED OFF BEFORE IN-
STALLING ANY OF THE INTERCONNECT CABLING.
Interconnect cables should be prepared in accordance with the interconnect diagram, Figure 2-2. Since these interconnects represent
typical systems, variations or modifications to meet customer requirements are inevitable. The mounts, mating connectors, and
contacts required to install the CES system are listed in Table 2-1. Refer to Table 2-1 for the special tools required for installation.
Refer to Figure 2-1 for the mating connector pin assignments.
2.4.1. Cabling Precautions.
During preparation of the interconnect wiring cables, observe the following precautions:
• Read all notes on the drawings and interconnect diagrams prior to fabricating interconnect wiring cables.
• Bond and shield all parts of the airplane electrical system, for example, the generator and ignition systems.
• Keep interconnect cables away from circuits carrying heavy current, pulse-transmitting equipment, and other sources of interfer-
ence.
• Make all external connections to the equipment through designated connectors listed on interconnect wiring diagrams.
• For balanced connections, use a twisted-pair shielded wire for minimum pickup of electrostatic and magnetic fields. Avoid long
runs of wire, and keep input and output circuits separated as much as possible.
• All interconnect wires and cables should be marked in accordance with the airplane Electronics Association Wire Marking Stan-
dard. This is a recommended method. Other methods may already be in use.
• Avoid excessive cable lengths, but allow sufficient slack for movement due to vibration.
• After installation of the cables in the airplane and before installation of the equipment, check to ensure that airplane power is
applied to only the pins specified on the interconnect diagrams and that all other wires and shields are properly terminated.
2-1
installation 523-0808269
2.5. MOUNTS AND MATING CONNECTOR HARDWARE/TOOLING.

Refer to Table 2-1 for the mount and mating connector hardware and associated tools for each Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) in the
system. The interconnect wiring diagram shows the mating connector pin functions. Refer to the cable and connector manufacturing
manuals for wire and pin contact preparation, installation, and repair.
2.6. LRU MATING CONNECTORS.

Refer to Figure 2-1 for the mating connector pin assignments.
2-2
Table 2-1. Mount and Mating Connector Hardware and Tooling.

UNIT HARDWARE/TOOLING
MCE-6000
Mounting Four socket-head screws 4.83 mm (0.190 in) (NAS1352 or MS16998) and four flat-washers (NAS620)
Mating connector P1 D38999/26FJ35SN (CPN 359-0680-090)
Contacts (size 22D): MIL M39029/56-348, CPN 359-0608-130

Strain relief: MIL M85049/38S25N, CPN 859-6619-180
Insertion/extraction tooling: MIL M81969/14-01, CPN 359-8032-010
Crimp tool: MIL M22520/2-01, CPN 359-8102-010
Crimp positioner: MIL M22520/2-07, CPN 359-8102-070
Mating connector P2 ITT Cannon PN CA140266-5 (CPN 359-0715-020)
Contacts (#8 quadrax): (CPN 359-0713-010)
Insertion/extraction tooling: CPN 860-2527-060
Crimp tool (inner contacts): MIL M22520/2-01, CPN 359-8102-010
Crimp positioner (inner contacts): MIL M22520/2-37, Daniels K709
Crimp tool (ferrule): MIL M22520/2-01, CPN 359-8102-010
Crimp positioner (ferrule): MIL M22520/5-45
Mating connector P3 ITT Cannon PN CA140266-8 (CPN 359-0715-030)
Contacts (#8 quadrax): (CPN 359-0713-010)
Insertion/extraction tooling: CPN 860-2527-060
Crimp tool (inner contacts): MIL M22520/2-01, CPN 359-8102-010
Crimp positioner (inner contacts): MIL M22520/2-37, Daniels K709
Crimp tool (ferrule): MIL M22520/2-01, CPN 359-8102-010
Crimp positioner (ferrule): MIL M22520/5-45
Mating connector P4 D38999/26FE8SN (CPN 359-0680-250)
Contacts (size 16): MIL M39029/56-352, CPN 359-0608-150
Strain relief: MIL M85049/38S17N, CPN 859-6619-140
Insertion/extraction tooling: MIL M81969/14-01, CPN 359-8032-010
Crimp positioner: MIL M22520/1-04, CPN 359-8101-040
Mating connector P5 (P/O MFE) MS27484T8F35S (CPN 359-0645-010)
Contacts: MIL M39029/57-354, CPN 359-0608-110
Strain relief: MIL M85049/49-2-10N, CPN 859-6604-110
Insertion/extraction tool: MIL M81969/14-01, CPN 359-8032-010
Crimp tool positioner: MIL M22520/2-06, CPN 359-8102-060
ESE-6000/JEE-6000 N/A
MME-6000/6100 N/A
PME-6000 N/A
PSE-6000 N/A
2-3
Figure 2-1. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Mating Connector Pin Assignments (Sheet 1 of 4)
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2.7. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL PROCEDURES.

The following instructions are for installing or removing Line Replaceable Units (LRU) or Line Replaceable Modules (LRM) in
the CES.
2.7.1. AAE-6200 PA Amplifier.
2.7.1.1. AAE-6200 Installation.

a. De-energize the CES, refer to the CES Operators Guide. De-energize the airplane.
b. Secure the AAE-6200 to the mounting surface with four screws.
c. Connect the three mating-connector cable assemblies to the unit connectors.
d. Perform the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.1.2.
2.7.1.2. Return to Service Test.
a. Energize the airplane.
b. Refer to the Operators Guide to energize the Cabin Electronics System.
c. On the Galley touch screen perform these procedures:
(1) Select the Entertainment category.
(2) Select the Select A/V menu.
(3) Select the Audio tab.
(4) Cabin speakers.
(5) Select a audio source from the Audio pop-up.
(6) If selected audio is heard from the cabin speakers, go to step d.
(7) If selected audio is not heard from the cabin speakers, go to step e.
d. Return to service test is complete.
e. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.1.3. AAE-6200 Removal.
b. Disconnect the three mating-connector cable assemblies from the unit connectors.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the AAE to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the AAE.
2.7.2. ABDU-6180E/6210E Bulkhead Display Equipment.
2.7.2.1. ABDU-6180E/6210E Installation.

b. Secure the ABDU to the mounting surface with six screws.
2-8

(3) Select the Video tab.
(4) Select the FWD or AFT Bulkhead Monitor.
(5) Select the On/Off button to apply power to monitor.
(6) Select a video source from the Video pop-up.
(7) If selected video is displayed, on monitor and audio is heard from the speakers, go to step d.
(8) If selected video is not displayed, on monitor and/or audio is heard from the speakers, go to step e.
2.7.2.3. ABDU-6180E/6210E Removal.
c. Remove the six mounting screws that secure the ABDU to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the ABDU.
2.7.3. ASPA-1000 Switch Panel Equipment.
2.7.3.1. ASPA-1000 Installation.

b. Set the switch address (bottom of switch assembly).
c. Connect the mating-connector cable assembly to the unit connector.
d. Place switch panel base into the cutout in cabinet.
e. Make sure that the retainers are seated properly.
NOTE
Removable-Bezel-Tool P/N 2401-1-6 is required for steps f and j.
f. Peel back enough protective film to reveal the small holes located at either end of the switch panel base.
g. Insert the hex key end of the tool into either hole.
h. Turn tool counter-clockwise until the retainer is seated against the back plate.
i. Stop turning at the first indication of tension.
j. Once the retainer makes contact, turn the tool no more than two full turns to hold the switch panel in place.
k. Insert the hex key end of tool into the other hole on the switch panel.
l. Turn the tool clockwise until the retainer makes contact with the backside of cabinet material.
m. Stop turning at the first indication of tension.
n. Once the retainer makes contact, turn the tool no more than two full turns to hold the switch panel in place.
o. Remove the tool from the switch panel.
p. Carefully remove the protective film from the switch panel base, underside of the bezel, and fasteners.
q. Make sure the bezel has the proper orientation, and carefully align the fasteners on the bezel with the mounting holes on the
switch panel base.
r. With bezel in place, apply pressure at each end and snap the bezel into the switch panel base.
s. Remove the protective film from the front of the bezel.
2-9
t. Perform the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.3.2.

c. On the Galley Touch Screen Equipment, touch the MAINTENANCE category button to show the maintenance main menu.
d. Touch the DIAGNOSTICS button to show the DIAGNOSTICS page.
e. Touch the FAULTS tab.
f. Touch the CURRENT sub-page tab to show the CURRENT FAULTS page.
g. Touch the VIEW ALL button to show the status of all LRUs.
h. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the desired LRU is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step l.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to step i.
i. Select the buttons one at a time.
j. Did all the buttons perform as required?
(1) If yes, go to step k.
(2) If not, go to step l.
k. Return to service test is complete.
l. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.3.3. ASPA-1000 Removal.
b. Before switch panel removal, protect all decorative surfaces.
c. Remove the bezel from one side of the switch panel base.
NOTE
Removable-Bezel-Tool is required for step d.
d. Wedge the hooked end of the tool between the metallic overlay and the bezel.
e. Pivot the tool to pry the bezel free from the switch panel base.
f. Remove the tool
g. Remove the bezel from the other side of the switch panel base.
h. Wedge the hooked end of the tool between the metallic overlay and the bezel.
i. Pivot the tool to pry the bezel free from the switch panel base.
j. Remove the tool
k. Lift the bezel straight off.
Stop turning the hex key at the first indication of tension.
l. Insert the hex key end of the Removable-Bezel-Tool into one of the holes.
m. Turn the tool counter-clock wise until the retainer is seated against the back plate.
2-10
n. Remove the Removable-Bezel-Tool.
o. Insert the hex key end of the Removable-Bezel-Tool into the other one hole.
p. Turn the tool counter-clock wise until the retainer is seated against the back plate.
q. Lift the switch panel base out of the cabinet.
r. Disconnect the mating-connector cable assembly from the unit connector.
s. Remove the ASPA.
2.7.4. ABDU-6180/6210 Bulkhead Display Equipment.
2.7.4.1. ABDU-6180/6210 Installation.

b. Secure the BDE to the mounting surface with six screws.
c. On the galley Touch Screen Equipment, touch the MAINTENANCE category button to show the maintenance main menu.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step k.
i. On the Galley touch screen perform these procedures:
(7) If selected video is displayed, on monitor and audio is heard from the speakers, go to step j.
(8) If selected video is not displayed, on monitor and/or audio is heard from the speakers, go to step k.
j. Return to service test is complete.
k. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.4.3. ABDU-6180/6210 Removal.
2-11
c. Remove the six mounting screws that secure the BDE to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the BDE.
2.7.5. CDE-6000 CD/DVD/MP3 Player Equipment.
2.7.5.1. CDE-6000 Installation.

b. Secure the CDE-6000 to the mounting surface with four screws.
c. Connect the cable assemblies to the unit connectors.
(2) Select the DVD menu.
(3) Select a DVD to view.
(4) Push the Cabin Settings button.
(5) Select the FWD/AFT bulkhead monitor.
(6) Select the cabin speakers.
(7) Select the PLAY button.
(8) Is the selected DVD displayed, and audio heard?
(a) If yes, go to (9).
(b) If not, go to step k.
(9) Select the select the PAUSE button.
(10) Dose the video displayed, pause?
(11) Select the REV button
(12) Does the video displayed, reverse?
2-12

(13) Select the FFWD button.
(14) Dose the video displayed, fast forward?
(a) If yes, go to step j.
2.7.5.3. CDE-6000 Removal.
b. Disconnect the cable assemblies from the unit connectors.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the CDE-6000 to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the CDE-6000.
2.7.6. DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment.
2.7.6.1. DTE-6000 Installation.

b. Secure the DTE to the mounting surface with four screws.
c. Connect the four mating-connector cable assemblies to the unit connectors.
(1) Touch the DIAGNOSTICS button to show the DIAGNOSTICS page.
(2) Touch the FAULTS tab and then the CURRENT sub-page tab to show the current faults page.
(3) Touch the VIEW ALL button to show the status of all LRUs.
(4) Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the desired LRU shows.
(5) If the LRU is listed as OK, go to step d.
(6) If the LRU status is listed as INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status, go to step e.
2.7.6.3. DTE-6000 Removal.
b. Disconnect the four mating-connector cable assemblies from the unit connectors.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the DTE to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the DTE.
2.7.7. HST-2100/2110 High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver.
2.7.7.1. HST-2100/2110 Installation.
2-13
b. Slide the High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver into the mount firmly to set unit to connectors in back of mount.
c. Secure the High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver to the mount by tightening down the mount thumb screw.
d. Perform the return to service test as follows:
(1) For HST-2100, refer to Paragraph 2.7.7.2.
(2) For HST-2110, refer to Paragraph 2.7.7.3.
2.7.7.2. Return to Service Test - HST-2100.
b. Refer to the Operators Guide to power up the Cabin Electronics System but do not power up the HST-2100.
h. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the SRT-2100 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step m.
i. Refer to the Operators Guide to power up the HST-2100.
j. Check the Maintenance Status page to determined the operational status of the HST-2100.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to step k.
k. On the Galley touch screen perform these procedures:
(5) If the LRU is listed as OK, go to step l.
(6) If the LRU status is listed as INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status, go to step m.
l. Return to service test is complete.
m. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.7.3. Return to Service Test - HST-2110.
2-14
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step q.

j. On the galley Touch Screen Equipment, touch the MAINTENANCE category button to show the maintenance main menu.
k. Touch the DIAGNOSTICS button to show the DIAGNOSTICS page.
l. Touch the FAULTS tab.
m. Touch the CURRENT sub-page tab to show the CURRENT FAULTS page.
n. Touch the VIEW ALL button to show the status of all LRUs.
o. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the HST-2100 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step q.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to step p.
p. Return to service test is complete.
q. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.7.4. HST-2100/2110 Removal.
b. Loosen the mount thumb screw on the front of High-Speed SATCOM Transceiver.
c. Remove the HST.
2.7.8. IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter.
2.7.8.1. IIE-6000 Installation.

b. Secure the IIE to the mounting surface with four screws.
2-15

2.7.8.3. IIE-6000 Removal.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the IIE to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the IIE.
2.7.9. ITPE-6520 Handset Equipment.
2.7.9.1. ITPE-6520 Installation.

b. Connect the five cable assemblies, as required to the base:
(1) J1 – Telephone Line.
(2) J2 – Retractor Reel Handset Connection.
(3) J3 – External Ringer Connection, if available.
(4) J4 – 8 Pin Header for connection for LAN system, if available.
(5) J5 – RJ-11 for Data Modem Connection, if available.
c. Secure the Sigma 7 Handset to the mounting surface with four screws.
i. ITPE-6520 Handset perform these procedures:
(1) Push the On/Answer button.
(2) Is sidetone heard in handset?
(a) If sidetone is heard, go to (3).
2-16
(b) If sidetone is not heard, go to step k.

(3) Use the digits 0-9 to make a phone call.
(a) If call is completed, go to (4).
(b) If call is not completed, go to step k.
(4) Push Flash button to momentary place the call on hold.
(5) Push Flash button again. Call is placed on hold until user finishes the commands to transfer, conference or does Flash
again.
(a) If current call did not terminate, go to (6).
(b) If current call did terminate, go to step k.
(6) Push the volume + button till the volume dose not increase any more.
(a) On the handset if a 4 is displayed, in the LCD, go to (7).
(b) On the handset if a 4 is not displayed, in the LCD, go to step k.
(7) Push the volume – button till the volume dose not decrease any more.
(a) On the handset if a 0 is displayed, in the LCD, go to (8).
(b) On the handset if a 0 is not displayed, in the LCD, go to step k.
(8) Push the Off button.
(9) Is the call terminated?
(a) If call is terminated, go to step j.
(b) If call is not terminated, go to step k.
2.7.9.3. ITPE-6520 Removal.
b. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the Sigma 7 Handset to the mounting surface.
c. Disconnect the following five cable assemblies from base:
(1) J1 – Telephone Line
(2) J2 – Retractor Reel Handset Connection
(3) J3 – External Ringer Connection, if available
(4) J4 – 8 Pin Header for connection for LAN system, if available
(5) J5 – RJ-11 for Data Modem Connection, if available.
d. Remove the ITPE.
2.7.10. JPE-6001/6300 Switch Panel Equipment.
2.7.10.1. JPE-6001/6300 Installation.

b. Connect the mating-connector cable assembly to the unit connector.
c. Place switch panel base into the cutout in cabinet.
d. Make sure that the retainers are seated properly.
e. Peel back enough protective film to reveal the small holes located at either end of the switch panel base.
2-17
NOTE
Removable-Bezel-Tool is required for steps f and j.
f. Insert the hex key end of the tool into either hole.
g. Turn tool counter-clockwise until the retainer is seated against the back plate.
h. Stop turning at the first indication of tension.
i. Once the retainer makes contact, turn the tool no more than two full turns to hold the switch panel in place.
j. Insert the hex key end of tool into the other hole on the switch panel.
k. Turn the tool clockwise until the retainer makes contact with the backside of cabinet material.
l. Stop turning at the first indication of tension.
m. Once the retainer makes contact, turn the tool no more than two full turns to hold the switch panel in place.
n. Remove the tool from the switch panel.
o. Carefully remove the protective film from the switch panel base, underside of the bezel, and fasteners.
p. Make sure the bezel has the proper orientation, and carefully align the fasteners on the bezel with the mounting holes on the
switch panel base.
q. With bezel in place, apply pressure at each end and snap the bezel into the switch panel base.
r. Remove the protective film from the front of the bezel.
s. Perform the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.10.2.
2.7.10.3. JPE-6001/6300 Removal.
c. Remove the bezel from one side of the switch panel base.
2-18
NOTE
Removable-Bezel-Tool is required for step d.
d. Wedge the hooked end of the tool between the metallic overlay and the bezel.
e. Pivot the tool to pry the bezel free from the switch panel base.
f. Remove the tool
g. Remove the bezel from the other side of the switch panel base.
h. Wedge the hooked end of the tool between the metallic overlay and the bezel.
i. Pivot the tool to pry the bezel free from the switch panel base.
j. Remove the tool.
k. Lift the bezel straight off.
l. Insert the hex key end of the Removable-Bezel-Tool into one of the holes.
m. Turn the tool counter-clock wise until the retainer is seated against the back plate.
n. Remove the Removable-Bezel-Tool.
o. Insert the hex key end of the Removable-Bezel-Tool into the other one hole.
p. Turn the tool counter-clock wise until the retainer is seated against the back plate.
q. Lift the switch panel base out of the cabinet.
r. Disconnect the mating-connector cable assembly from the unit connector.
s. Remove the JPE.
2.7.11. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment.
2.7.11.1. MCE-6000 Installation.

b. Connect the five mating-connector cable assemblies to the MCE connectors.
c. Secure the MCE to the mounting surface with four socket-head screws and four flat-washers.
2-19
NOTE
A fiberglass protective cover is installed in all new MCE-6000s over the rear interconnect plate to protect the
connectors during MCE-6000 installation (refer to SIL MCE-6000-07-1). This cover is to stay attached until after
the MCE-6000 is installed on the Aircraft with four (4) mounting screws located inside the MCE-6000. After the
MCE-6000 is mounted, the protective cover is removed along with the mounting hardware, which consists of one
(1) each screw and one (1) each spacer. Once the protective cover and hardware are removed, the Modules can
be installed into the MCE-6000. Failure to remove the spacer from the MCE may cause serious damage to the
MME-6000/6100 (Moving Map Equipment) module when inserting the MME module into the MCE-6000. In
addition, it may create an intermittent condition in the MME-6000/6100, because the connectors cannot be fully
seated when the Spacer is present.
d. Install the modules in the MCE.

e. Perform the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.11.2.
2.7.11.3. MCE-6000 Removal.
b. Remove the modules from the MCE.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the MCE to the mounting surface.
d. Disconnect the five mating connector cable assemblies from the unit connectors.
e. Remove the MCE.
2.7.12. Modular Cabinet Equipment Modules.
2.7.12.1. MCE Module Installation.

2-20
Before installation or removal of an ESE, PME, MME, or PSE, remove power from the MCE. Removal or instal-
lation of the MCE modules with power applied will damage them.
NOTE
Modules used in the modular cabinet have external grounding springs on both sides located near the front of the
module. These springs provide ground contact between the front of the modules and the front of the cabinet
opening to effectively close off the front of the cabinet from EMI. When modules are installed, these springs are
compressed and concealed within the cabinet. When modules are removed the springs are exposed and need care
in handling. The following is the recommended order to insert and extract the MCE-6000 modules, except the
ESE-6100 and JEE-6000 can be inserted or removed at any time. For installation, install MME module or filler
panel first.
b. The ESE-6100, JEE-6000, MME-6000/6100, PME-6000, and PSE-6000 are retained by seating handles on each module.
(1) Push the latch on the handle and move the handle to the open position.
(2) Push the module straight into the card cage until the connector is engaged.
(3) Close the handle to seat the module in the card cage. The handle is retained in the closed position by the latch.
c. Perform the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.12.2.
2.7.12.3. MCE Module Removal.
Before installation or removal of an ESE, PME, MME, or PSE, remove power from the MCE. Removal or instal-
lation of the MCE modules with power applied will damage them.
2-21
NOTE
Modules used in the modular cabinet have external grounding springs on both sides located near the front of the
module. These springs provide ground contact between the front of the modules and the front of the cabinet
opening to effectively close off the front of the cabinet from EMI. When modules are installed, these springs are
compressed and concealed within the cabinet. When modules are removed the springs are exposed and need care
in handling. The following is the recommended order to insert and extract the MCE-6000 modules, except the
ESE-6100 and JEE-6000 can be inserted or removed at any time. For removal, remove MME module first or leave
filler panel in.
b. Push the latch on the handle and move the handle to the open position.
c. Grasp the handle and pull the module straight out of the card cage.
2.7.13. MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment.
2.7.13.1. MFE-6000 Installation.

b. Connect the P5 mating-connector cable assembly to the MFE connector.
c. Secure the MFE below the MCE mounting surface with four screws and four flat-washers.
2.7.13.3. MFE-6000 Removal.
b. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the MFE to the mounting surface.
c. Disconnect the P5 mating connector cable assembly from the MFE connector.
d. Remove MFE.
2.7.14. PCU-6100 Wireless Passenger Control Unit.
2-22
2.7.14.1. PCU-6100 Installation. There is no install procedure for the PCU-6100 because it is a wireless component. Perform
the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.14.2.
h. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the desired PCU-6100 is located.
2.7.14.3. PCU-6100 Removal. No removal procedure for the PCU-6100 because it is a wireless component.
2.7.15. RDE-6000 Relay Drive Equipment.
2.7.15.1. RDE-6000 Installation.

b. Secure the RDE to the mounting surface with four screws.
c. In cockpit, place Maintenance switch to Maintenance Mode.
d. On the galley Touch Screen Equipment, touch the MAINTENANCE category button to show the maintenance main menu.
e. Touch the DIAGNOSTICS button to show the DIAGNOSTICS page.
f. Touch the FAULTS tab.
g. Touch the CURRENT sub-page tab to show the CURRENT FAULTS page.
h. Touch the VIEW ALL button to show the status of all LRUs.
i. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the desired LRU is located.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to step j.
2-23
2.7.15.3. RDE-6000 Removal.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the RDE to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the RDE.
2.7.16. SAE-6000 Stereo Amplifier Equipment.
2.7.16.1. SAE-6000 Installation.

b. Secure the SAE to the mounting surface with four screws.
2.7.16.3. SAE-6000 Removal.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the SAE to the mounting surface.
2-24
d. Remove the SAE.

2.7.17. Signal Splitter/Combiner Equipment.
2.7.17.1. Signal Splitter/Combiner Installation.

b. Secure the signal splitter/combiner to the mounting surface with two screws.
c. Connect the three connector cable assembly to the signal splitter/combiner connectors.
k. On the Galley touch screen perform these procedures:
2.7.17.3. Signal Splitter/Combiner Removal.
b. Disconnect the three connector cable assembly from the signal splitter/combiner connectors.
c. Remove the two mounting screws that secure the signal splitter/combiner to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the Signal Splitter/Combiner.
2.7.18. SRE-6100 Crew Area Speaker Equipment.
2.7.18.1. SRE-6100 Installation.
2-25
b. Secure the Crew Area Speaker to the mounting surface with four screws.
c. Connect the mating-connector cable assembly to the Crew Area Speaker.
(1) Select the Cabin category.
(2) Select the Briefing menu.
(3) Select any available briefing options.
(4) If selected briefing audio is heard from the speakers, go to step j.
(5) If selected briefing audio is not heard from the speakers, go to step k.
2.7.18.3. SRE-6100 Removal.
b. Disconnect the mating-connector cable assembly from the Crew Area Speaker.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the Crew Area Speaker to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the SRE.
2.7.19. SRE-6110 PA Speaker Equipment.
2.7.19.1. SRE-6110 Installation.

b. Secure the PA Speaker to the mounting surface with four screws.
c. Connect the mating-connector cable assembly to the PA Speaker.
2-26

(1) Select the Cabin category.
(2) Select the Briefing menu.
(3) Select any available briefing options.
(4) If selected briefing audio is heard from the speakers, go to step j.
(5) If selected briefing audio is not heard from the speakers, go to step k.
2.7.19.3. SRE-6110 Removal.
b. Disconnect the mating-connector cable assembly from the PA Speaker.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the PA Speaker to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the SRE.
2.7.20. SRT-2100 Satellite Data Unit.
2.7.20.1. SRT-2100 Installation.

b. Slide the satellite data unit into the mount firmly to set unit to connectors in back of mount.
c. Secure the satellite data unit to the mount by tightening down the two mount thumb screw.
2-27
k. On the Galley touch screen, perform these procedures:
2.7.20.3. SRT-2100 Removal.
b. Loosen the two mount thumb screws on the front of satellite data unit.
c. Remove the satellite data unit from the mount.
d. Remove the SRT.
2.7.21. SPE-6100/6220/6300/6400 Switch Panel Equipment.
2.7.21.1. SPE-6100/6220/6300/6400 Installation.

b. Make sure that the retainers are seated properly.
(1) Peel back enough protective film to reveal the small holes located at either end of the switch panel base.
(2) Insert the hex key end of the Removable-Bezel-Tool into either hole and turn the tool counter-clockwise until the retainer
is seated against the back plate. Stop turning at the first indication of tension.
(3) Remove the tool and repeat at the other end of the switch panel.
d. Place switch panel base into cutout in the cabinet.
e. Insert the hex key end of the Removable-Bezel-Tool into the small hole located at either end of the switch panel. Turn the tool
clockwise until the retainer makes contact with the backside of the cabinet material.
f. Stop turning at the first indication of tension. Once the retainer makes contact, turn the tool no more than two full turns to hold
the switch panel in place. Remove the tool and repeat at the other end of the switch panel.
g. Remove the protective film from the switch panel base prior to bezel installation.
h. Carefully remove the protective film from the switch panel base, underside of the bezel, and fasteners.
i. Make sure the bezel has the proper orientation, and carefully align the fasteners on the bezel with the mounting holes on the
switch panel base.
j. With bezel in place, apply pressure at each end and snap the bezel into the switch panel base.
k. Remove the protective film from the front of the bezel.
l. Perform the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.21.2.
2-28

2.7.21.3. SPE-6100/6220/6300/6400 Removal.
c. Use the Removable-Bezel-Tool to remove the bezel from the switch panel base. Wedge the hooked end of the tool between the
metallic overlay and the bezel. Pivot the tool to pry the bezel free from the switch panel base. Remove the tool, and repeat at
the other end of switch panel, then lift the bezel straight off.
d. Insert the hex key end of the Removable-Bezel-Tool into either hole, and turn the tool counter-clock wise until the retainer is
seated against the back plate. Stop turning at the first indication of tension. Remove the tool and repeat at other end of switch
panel.
e. Use the Removable-Bezel-Tool or equivalent to lift the switch panel base out of the cabinet. Protect all decorative surfaces.
f. Disconnect the mating-connector cable assembly from the unit connector.
g. Remove the SPE.
2.7.22. TSE-6014 Touch Screen Equipment.
2.7.22.1. TSE-6014 Installation.

b. Secure the TSE-6014 to the mounting surface with four screws.
c. Select the Cabin screen.
d. On the Cabin screen, select Setup.
e. Select BEGIN TOUCHSCREEN CALIBRATION.
f. Follow the on-screen instruction prompts to calibrate your local TSE touch screen.
2-29
g. On the galley Touch Screen Equipment, touch the MAINTENANCE category button to show the maintenance main menu.
h. Touch the DIAGNOSTICS button to show the DIAGNOSTICS page.
i. Touch the FAULTS tab.
j. Touch the CURRENT sub-page tab to show the CURRENT FAULTS page.
k. Touch the VIEW ALL button to show the status of all LRUs.
l. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the TSE-6014 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step o.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to step m.
m. On the TSE perform these procedures:
(5) If selected video is displayed, on monitor and audio is heard in the headsets go to step n.
(6) If selected video is not displayed, on monitor and/or audio is heard in the headsets go to step o.
n. Return to service test is complete.
o. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.22.3. TSE-6014 Removal.
b. Disconnect the mating-connector cable assembly from the unit connector.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the TSE to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the TSE.
2.7.23. TSE-6084 Touch Screen Equipment.
2.7.23.1. TSE-6084 Installation.

b. Plug-in the Touch Screen to the ARE-6000 In-Arm Mechanism.
c. Perform the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.23.2.
c. Select the Cabin screen.
d. On the Cabin screen select Setup.
e. Select BEGIN TOUCHSCREEN CALIBRATION.
f. Follow the on-screen instruction prompts to calibrate your local TSE touch screen.
g. On the galley Touch Screen Equipment, touch the MAINTENANCE category button to show the maintenance main menu.
h. Touch the DIAGNOSTICS button to show the DIAGNOSTICS page.
i. Touch the FAULTS tab.
j. Touch the CURRENT sub-page tab to show the CURRENT FAULTS page.
2-30
k. Touch the VIEW ALL button to show the status of all LRUs.
l. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the TSE-6084 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step o.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to step m.
m. On the TSE, perform these procedures:
(5) If selected video is displayed, on monitor and audio is heard in the headsets, go to step n.
(6) If selected video is not displayed, on monitor and/or audio is heard in the headsets, go to step o.
n. Return to service test is complete.
o. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.23.3. TSE-6084 Removal.
b. Remove the Touch Screen from the ARE-6000 In-Arm Mechanism.
2.7.24. VEE-6000 Video Encoder Equipment.
2.7.24.1. VEE-6000 Installation.

b. Secure the VEE to the mounting surface with four screws.
c. Connect the seven mating-connector cable assemblies to the unit connectors.
h. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the VEE-6000 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step j.
i. Return to service test is complete.
j. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.24.3. VEE-6000 Removal.
b. Disconnect the seven mating-connector cable assemblies from the unit connectors.
2-31
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the VEE to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the VEE.
2.7.25. USPE-6300 Switch Panel Equipment.
2.7.25.1. USPE-6300 Installation.

b. Make sure that the retainers are seated properly.
(1) Peel back enough protective film to reveal the small holes located at either end of the switch panel base.
(2) Insert the hex key end of the Removable-Bezel-Tool into either hole and turn the tool counter-clockwise until the retainer
is seated against the back plate. Stop turning at the first indication of tension.
(3) Remove the tool and repeat at the other end of the switch panel.
d. Place switch panel base into cutout in cabinet.
e. Insert the hex key end of the Removable-Bezel-Tool into the small hole located at either end of switch panel. Turn the tool
clockwise until the retainer makes contact with the backside of cabinet material.
f. Stop turning at the first indication of tension. Once the retainer makes contact, turn the tool no more than two full turns to hold
the switch panel in place. Remove the tool and repeat at the other end of the switch panel. Remove the protective film from the
switch panel base prior to bezel installation.
g. Carefully remove the protective film from the switch panel base, the underside of the bezel, and fasteners.
h. Make sure the bezel has the proper orientation, and carefully align the fasteners on the bezel with the mounting holes on the
switch panel base.
i. With bezel in place, apply pressure at each end and snap the bezel into the switch panel base.
j. Remove the protective film from the front of the bezel.
k. Perform the return to service test in Paragraph 2.7.25.2.
h. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the USPE-6300 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to l.
(2) If OK is displayed, go to i.
2-32
2.7.25.3. USPE-6300 Removal.

c. Use the Removable-Bezel-Tool to remove the bezel from the switch panel base. Wedge the hooked end of the tool between the
metallic overlay and the bezel. Pivot the tool to pry the bezel free from the switch panel base. Remove the tool, and repeat at
the other end of switch panel, then lift the bezel straight off.
d. Insert the hex key end of the Removable-Bezel-Tool into either hole, and turn the tool counter-clock wise until the retainer is
seated against the back plate. Stop turning at the first indication of tension. Remove the tool and repeat at other end of the
switch panel.
e. Use the Removable-Bezel-Tool or equivalent to lift the switch panel base out of the cabinet. Protect all decorative surfaces.
f. Disconnect the mating-connector cable assembly from the unit connector.
g. Remove the USPE.
2.7.26. XMA-1000 XM Radio Antenna Equipment.
2.7.26.1. XMA-1000 Installation.

b. Secure antenna to the mounting surface with four screws.
c. Connect the antenna cable assembly to the antenna connector.
h. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the XMA-1000 is located.
i. On the galley Touch Screen Equipment perform these procedures:
(2) Select the XM RADIO menu.
(3) Select a XM RADIO CATEGORIES.
(4) Select a A/V from the XM pop-up menu.
(5) Select a XM RECEIVER on XM pop-up menu.
(6) Select CABIN SPEAKERS on XM pop-up menu.
(7) If selected audio is heard on the cabin speakers, go to step j.
(8) If selected audio is not heard on cabin speakers, go to step k.
2-33
2.7.26.3. XMA-1000 Removal.

b. Disconnect the antenna cable assembly from the antenna connector.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the antenna to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the XMA.
2.7.27. XME-6400 XM Radio Equipment.
2.7.27.1. XME-6400 Installation.

b. Secure the XM Radio to the mounting surface with four screws.
h. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the XME-6400 is located.
i. On the galley Touch Screen Equipment perform these procedures:
(2) Select the XM RADIO menu.
(3) Select a XM RADIO CATEGORIES.
(4) Select a A/V from the XM pop-up menu.
(5) Select a XM RECEIVER on XM pop-up men.
(6) Select CABIN SPEAKERS on XM pop-up men.
(7) If selected audio is heard on the cabin speakers, go to step j.
(8) If selected audio is not heard on cabin speakers, go to step k.
2.7.27.3. XME-6400 Removal.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the XM Radio to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the XME.
2-34
2.7.28. ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment.
2.7.28.1. ZDE-6000 Installation.

b. Secure the ZDE to the mounting surface with four screws.
h. Touch the PAGE DOWN arrow button until the XMA-1000 is located.
(1) If a INOP or NOT AVAILABLE status is displayed, go to step j.
i. Return to service test is complete.
j. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow troubleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
2.7.28.3. ZDE-6000 Removal.
c. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the ZDE to the mounting surface.
d. Remove the ZDE.
2-35/(2-36 Blank)
Figure 2-2. CES for Challenger 605, Interconnect Wiring Diagram (Sheet 1 of 31)
2-37/(2-38 Blank)
2-39/(2-40 Blank)
2-41/(2-42 Blank)
2-43/(2-44 Blank)
2-45/(2-46 Blank)
2-47/(2-48 Blank)
2-49/(2-50 Blank)
2-51/(2-52 Blank)
2-53/(2-54 Blank)
2-55/(2-56 Blank)
2-57/(2-58 Blank)
2-59/(2-60 Blank)
2-61/(2-62 Blank)
2-63/(2-64 Blank)
2-65/(2-66 Blank)
2-67/(2-68 Blank)
2-69/(2-70 Blank)
2-71/(2-72 Blank)
2-73/(2-74 Blank)
2-75/(2-76 Blank)
2-77/(2-78 Blank)
2-79/(2-80 Blank)
2-81/(2-82 Blank)
2-83/(2-84 Blank)
2-85/(2-86 Blank)
2-87/(2-88 Blank)
2-89/(2-90 Blank)
2-91/(2-92 Blank)
2-93/(2-94 Blank)
2-95/(2-96 Blank)
2-97/(2-98 Blank)
Figure 2-3. DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
2-99/(2-100 Blank)
Figure 2-3. DTE-6000 Digital Tapping Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
2-101/(2-102 Blank)
Figure 2-4. ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-103/(2-104 Blank)
Figure 2-5. IIE-6000 IR/RF Interpreter Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-105/(2-106 Blank)
Figure 2-6. JEE-6000 Jumper Ethernet Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-107/(2-108 Blank)
Figure 2-7. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
2-109/(2-110 Blank)
Figure 2-7. MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
2-111/(2-112 Blank)
Figure 2-8. MFE-6000 Modular Fan Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-113/(2-114 Blank)
Figure 2-9. MME-6000 Moving Map Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-115/(2-116 Blank)
Figure 2-10. MME-6100 Moving Map Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-117/(2-118 Blank)
Figure 2-11. PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-119/(2-120 Blank)
Figure 2-12. PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-121/(2-122 Blank)
Figure 2-13. RDE-6000 Relay Drive Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram
2-123/(2-124 Blank)
Figure 2-14. VEE-6000 Video Encoder Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
2-125/(2-126 Blank)
Figure 2-14. VEE-6000 Video Encoder Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
2-127/(2-128 Blank)
Figure 2-15. ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment, Outline and Mounting Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3)
2-129/(2-130 Blank)
2-131/(2-132 Blank)
2-133/(2-134 Blank)
523-0808269
CHAPTER 3
Operation
3.1. GENERAL.
This chapter shows the controls and displays used to operate the Rockwell Collins® Cabin Electronics System (CES) for the Bom-
bardier Challenger 605 airplane. Figures and tables describe each control and display in sufficient detail so that the flight line
technician can operate the equipment and troubleshoot the complete system.
3.2. CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS.
NOTE
Not all functions described in this section are available in all airplane installations. If a function is not available
in a particular airplane installation, the button and label for selecting that function are removed from the selection
menu.
Figure 3-2 through Figure 3-25 show the controls and displays of each piece of CES equipment. Associated tables describe the
operation of each control and display.
3-1
operation 523-0808269
Table 3-1. Cabin Electronics System Equipment and Menus for Challenger 605.
EQUIPMENT FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION
NOTE
All devices are touch screen devices. This includes the Touch Screen Equipments (TSE), the Pronto Remote, and the Wire-
less Personal Control Units (WPCU). In the instructions that follow on how to use each device, a selection constitutes a
user's hand making a selection by touching the corresponding button on the screen interface.
GALLEY TOUCH SCREEN Refer to Figure 3-1. The GALLEY TOUCH SCREEN provides system control to assist
the flight attendant and pilot to perform cabin duties and maintenance, the passenger,
and the maintenance technician.
MASTER SEAT TOUCH The MASTER SEAT TOUCH SCREEN is located at the VIP seat as designated using the
SCREEN GALLEY TOUCH SCREEN. The MASTER SEAT TOUCH SCREEN contains fewer con-
tent categories than the GALLEY TOUCH SCREEN.
PASSENGER TOUCH SCREEN The PASSENGER TOUCH SCREEN is used to monitor and control the Cabin and Enter-
tainment content category.
TOUCH SCREEN MENUS
CABIN The CABIN menu makes adjustments to the temperature, lighting, and shades within the
cabin. For a description of the CABIN screens, refer to Table 3-2 through Table 3-9 and
Figure 3-2 through Figure 3-9 .
ENTERTAINMENT The ENTERTAINMENT menu plays TV, movies, and music. The ENTERTAINMENT
menu also sets the audio and video settings. For a description of the ENTERTAINMENT
screens, refer to Table 3-10 through Table 3-17 and Figure 3-10 through Figure 3-17.
AIRSHOW AIRSHOW shows maps, shows weather-related information, and tracks the course of the
airplane during the flight. For a description of the AIRSHOW screens, refer to Table
3-18 and Figure 3-18.
AIRBORNE OFFICE AIRBORNE OFFICE is used to participate remotely in meetings, browse the internet,
and prepare documents. For a description of the AIRBORNE OFFICE screens, refer
to Table 3-19.
MAINTENANCE For a description of the MAINTENANCE screens, refer to chapter 5, MAINTENANCE,
in this manual.
3.8” TOUCHSCREEN MENUS
LIGHTS For a description of the LIGHTS screens, refer to Table 3-20 and Figure 3-20.
SOURCE SELECT For a description of the Cabin Temperature screens, refer to Table 3-21 and Figure 3-21.
PRONTO REMOTE AND
WIRELESS PERSONAL
CONTROL UNIT MENUS
CABIN For a description of the CABIN screens, refer to Table 3-24 and Figure 3-24.
AUDIO/VIDEO For a description of the AUDIO/VIDEO (A/V) screens, refer to Table 3-24 and Figure 3-24.
SPEAKER For a description of the Speaker screens, refer to Table 3-24 and Figure 3-24.
MONITOR For a description of the Monitor screens, refer to Table 3-24 and Figure 3-24.
3-2
Figure 3-1. Cabin Electronics System Equipment and Menus for Challenger 605
3-3
Table 3-2. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Home Menu.
CONTROL/DISPLAY FUNCTION/DESCRIPTION
HOME
NOTE
To show the CABIN>HOME screen, select CABIN on one of the touch screens, and
then select HOME.
Refer to Figure 3-2. The CABIN>HOME screen is, by default, the first screen that shows
when the system starts up. Use the HOME menu to check the status of call lights and assign
master seat locations. This menu is available on the Galley TSE. It provides the ability to
change the two assigned Master Seat Locations (MSL), an at-a-glance view of whether the
Call Lights are on or off, and a control to reset all Call Lights to off.
In addition to this manual selection, the CALL LIGHTS field shows automatically when a
call light is selected. A call chime and automatic call lights display occurs simultaneously.
CALL LIGHTS The CALL LIGHTS display shows a graphic of seat locations and associated call lights.
This graphic also shows each call light that is turned on or off.
CANCEL CALL LIGHTS Touch CANCEL CALL LIGHTS button to reset all call lights to off. CANCEL CALL
LIGHTS is removed from the display when all of the call lights are off.
SELECT MASTER SEATS The SELECT MASTER SEATS display shows the currently assigned Master Seat Locations
(MSL) by highlighting seats on the seat location graphic. To change the MSLs, touch the
display at the locations where the MSLs are desired.
CABIN TEMPERATURE
WORK LIGHTS WORK LIGHTS by pressing UP and DOWN arrow buttons to adjust brightness.
OFF Touch OFF button to toggle the WORK LIGHTS on or off.
CABIN VOLUME The CABIN VOLUME shows full time in the Cabin, Airborne Office, and Maintenance
screens. It is also shown on all of the Entertainment screens. Adjust Cabin Volume by
pressing UP and DOWN arrow buttons to desired volume.
MUTE Touch MUTE button to toggle the currently selected cabin volume on and off.
DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS The following touch screen functions shows full time on the Cabin Home screen in the
DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS screen.
LOGO Touch LOGO to show the installed logo in place of the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS field.
Touch this logo to show the logo over the entire touch screen. With a logo in view, touch
the touch screen anywhere to restore the previous screen.
Up to three logos may be available for showing. When multiple logos are available, touch-
ing LOGO will show a LOGO SELECTION WINDOW. Touch the desired logo to show
that logo in the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS field. Touch this logo to show the logo over the
entire touch screen. With a logo in view, touch the touch screen anywhere to restore the
previous screen.
BRIGHTNESS
NOTE
Do not dim the screen to a level that the function button cannot be viewed.
Adjust BRIGHTNESS by touching UP and DOWN arrow buttons to desired brightness.
DISPLAY OFF Touch DISPLAY OFF to blank the touch screen. Touching a blank touch screen anywhere
will restore the touch screen to the previous screen.
3-4
Figure 3-2. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Home Menu
3-5
Table 3-3. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Briefing Menu.
AUDIO BRIEFINGS Refer to Figure 3-3. The AUDIO BRIEFINGS area shows the audio-only BRIEFING
buttons.
OVER LAND Touch the OVER LAND button to play the predeparture over land message.
(Pre-Departure)
OVER LAND Touch the NS OVER LAND button to play the predeparture no smoking over land message.
(Pre-Departure/No
Smoking)
OVER WATER Touch the OVER WATER button to play the predeparture over water message.
(Pre-Departure)
OVER WATER Touch the NS OVER WATER button to play the predeparture no smoking over water
(Pre-Departure/No message.
Smoking)
LANDING Touch the LANDING button to play the before landing message.
TURBULENCE Touch the TURBULENCE button to play the in-flight turbulence message.
NO SMOKING Touch the NO SMOKING button to play the no smoking message.
FASTEN SEAT BELTS Touch the FASTEN SEAT BELTS button to play the fasten seat belts message.
VIDEO BRIEFINGS Refer to Figure 3-3. The VIDEO BRIEFINGS area shows the video-only BRIEFING
buttons.
WELCOME Touch the WELCOME button to play the welcome message.

THANK YOU Touch the THANK YOU button to play the thank you message.
CANCEL The CANCEL button stops a briefing that is currently playing.
3-6
Figure 3-3. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Briefing Menu
3-7
Table 3-4. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Water Menu.
WATER
NOTE
To show the WATER screen, touch the CABIN button on the galley touch screen and
then touch WATER.
Refer to Figure 3-4. The WATER screen is used to show the water system status. A prede-
fined configuration of valves (open/closed) and heaters (on/off) is enabled by the CES.
WATER DISPENSER Touch the WATER DISPENSER button to toggle the water heater between on and off.
GALLEY Touch the GALLEY button to toggle the water heater between on and off.
LAVATORY Touch the LAVATORY button to toggle the lavatory water heater between on and off.
WATER TANK LEVEL The Water Level display shows the fluid level of the tank as one of the following values:
• Full
• 3/4 Full
• 1/2 Full
• 1/4 Full
• Low
• Empty.
In case of a loss of signal, the tank graphic shows the last known level and the water level
value will change to dashes.
TANK, PURGE Touch the TANK PURGE button to purge the water system tank.
LINE, PURGE Touch LINE PURGE button to purge the water system line.
3-8
Figure 3-4. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Water Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)
3-9
Figure 3-4. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Water Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-10
Table 3-5. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Galley Menu.
GALLEY Refer to Figure 3-5. The GALLEY screens are used to turn the CES controlled lights,
galley exhaust fan, and entry heater on and off. Galley appliances with local on/off controls
are not controlled by this screen.
EFFECT LIGHTS The EFFECT button controls the galley effect lights. The button toggles between OFF,
DIM, and BRT (bright).
ENTRY The ENTRY button controls the galley entry lights. The button toggles between OFF,
ACCENT LIGHTS The ACCENT button controls the galley accent lights. The button toggles between OFF,
3-11
Figure 3-5. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Galley Menu
3-12
Table 3-6. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu.
LIGHTS Refer to Figure 3-6. The LIGHTS screen is used to control the lighting by cabin zones
(FORWARD, AFT, OTHER, and LAVATORY) and by predefined (Quickset) lighting/shad-
ing modes. The controls for each light zone are described below.
Lighting Configurations The screens show baseline and optional installations. Lighting configurations are as follows:
• Baseline: White only wash lights, no FWD/AFT
• Option 1: White only wash lights, FWD and AFT split cabin
• Option 2: Color wash lights, no FWD/AFT
• Option 3: Color wash lights, FWD and AFT split cabin.
WASH Tab Touch the WASH tab to show the WASH sub-screen. The WASH lights sub-screen is de-
(CABIN LIGHTS scribed below.
SUB-SCREEN WASH)
CABIN UPPER
• The OFF button turns off the upper wash lights.
BRIGHTNESS
• The COLOR button shows the SELECT WASH LIGHT COLOR screen.
• The CABIN UPPER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons raise or lower the upper wash lights,
between a value of 0 to 10.
• The LINK button allows control of both the upper and lower wash lights simultaneously.
CABIN LOWER
• The OFF button turns off the lower wash lights.
BRIGHTNESS
• The CABIN LOWER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons raise or lower the lower wash lights,
between a value of 0 to 10.
ALL ON The ALL ON button turns on both the upper and lower wash lights.
ALL OFF The ALL OFF button turns off both the upper and lower wash lights.
FWD Tab Touch the Forward (FWD) tab to show the FWD sub-screen. The FORWARD LIGHTS
(FWD LIGHTS sub-screen is described below.
SUB-SCREEN WASH)
FORWARD UPPER
• The OFF button turns off the forward upper lights.
BRIGHTNESS
• The FORWARD UPPER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons raise or lower the forward upper
lights, between a value of 0 to 10.
• The LINK button allows control of both the FWD upper and FWD lower lights simulta-
neously.
FORWARD LOWER
• The OFF button turns off the forward lower lights.
BRIGHTNESS
• The FORWARD LOWER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons raise or lower the forward lower
lights, between a value of 0 to 10.
ALL ON Touch the ALL ON button to turn all the forward wash lights on.
3-13
Table 3-6. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu. - Continued
ALL OFF Touch the ALL OFF to turn all the forward wash lights off.
AFT Tab Touch the AFT tab to show the AFT sub-screen. The AFT lights sub-screen is described
(AFT LIGHTS below.
SUB-SCREEN WASH)
AFT UPPER
• The OFF button turns off the aft upper lights.
BRIGHTNESS
• The AFT UPPER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons raise or lower the aft upper lights, be-
tween a value of 0 to 10.
• The LINK button allows control of both the AFT upper and AFT lower lights simulta-
neously.
AFT LOWER
• The OFF button turns off the aft lower lights.
BRIGHTNESS
• The AFT LOWER BRIGHTNESS arrow buttons raise or lower the aft lower lights, be-
tween a value of 0 to 10.
ALL ON Touch the ALL ON button to turn all the aft wash lights on.
ALL OFF Touch the ALL OFF button to turn all the aft wash lights off.
MISCELLANEOUS Tab Touch the MISCELLANEOUS tab to show the MISCELLANEOUS sub-screen. The mis-
(CABIN LIGHTS cellaneous lights sub-screen is used to control the lighting of the accent lights, the entry
SUB-SCREEN light, the reading lights, and the table lights as follows.
MISCELLANEOUS)
SET CABIN
• Touch the FLOOR button to turn the floor accent lights ON or OFF.
ACCENT LIGHTS
• Touch the 3RD ROW button to turn the 3rd row accent lights ON or OFF.
SET LAVATORY
• Touch the DOME button to turn the lavatory dome light ON or OFF.
LIGHTS
• Touch the ACCENT button to turn the lavatory accent lights ON or OFF.
• Touch the MIRROR button to turn the lavatory mirror lights ON or OFF.
SET BAGGAGE Touch the DOME button to turn the baggage dome lights ON or OFF.
COMPARTMENT
LIGHTS
SET ALL READING Touch the ON or OFF button to turn all of the reading lights on or off.
LIGHTS
SET ALL TABLE Touch the ON or OFF button to turn all of the table lights on or off.
LIGHTS
MISCELLANEOUS Tab Touch the MISCELLANEOUS tab to show the MISCELLANEOUS sub-screen. The mis-
(CABIN LIGHTS cellaneous lights sub-screen is used to control the lighting of the accent lights, the entry
SUB-SCREEN light, the reading lights, and the table lights as follows.
MISCELLANEOUS
(FWD/AFT LAYOUT))
3-14
Table 3-6. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu. - Continued
SET CABIN
• Touch the FWD 3RD ROW button to turn the FWD 3rd row accent lights ON or OFF.
ACCENT LIGHTS
• Touch the AFT 3RD ROW button to turn the AFT 3rd row accent lights ON or OFF.
• Touch the FWD FLOOR button to turn the FWD floor accent lights ON or OFF.
• Touch the AFT FLOOR button to turn the AFT floor accent lights ON or OFF.
SET LAVATORY
• Touch the DOME button to turn the lavatory dome light ON or OFF.
LIGHTS
• Touch the ACCENT button to turn the lavatory accent lights ON or OFF.
• Touch the MIRROR button to turn the lavatory mirror lights ON or OFF.
SET BAGGAGE Touch the DOME button to turn the baggage dome lights ON or OFF.
COMPARTMENT
LIGHTS
SET ALL READING Touch the ON or OFF button to turn all of the reading lights on or off.
LIGHTS
SET ALL TABLE Touch the ON or OFF button to turn all of the table lights on or off.
LIGHTS
3-15
Figure 3-6. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Lights Menu (Sheet 1 of 3)
3-16
3-17
3-18
Table 3-7. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Shades Menu.
SHADES Refer to Figure 3-7. The SHADES screen is used to raise and lower the cabin shades.
ADJUST CABIN Touch the RIGHT button to select the shades located on the right side of the airplane cabin.
SHADES (LEFT/RIGHT) Touch the LEFT button to select the shades located on the left side of the airplane cabin.
ADJUST CABIN Touch the FWD button to select the shades located in the fwd part of the airplane cabin.
SHADES (FWD AND Touch the AFT button to select the shades located in the aft part of the airplane cabin.
AFT LAYOUT)
SET SHADES Touch the UP button to open the shades in the selected zone.
Touch the DOWN button to close the shades in the selected zone.
3-19
Figure 3-7. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Shades Menu
3-20
Table 3-8. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Preset Menu.
PRESETS MENU Refer to Figure 3-8. The PRESETS Screen is used to access the system preset controls. The
system preset controls listed below allow the operator to quickly configure multiple cabin
controls.
POWER UP Touch the DEFAULT button to activate the controls defined by the power up preset config-
uration.
BOARDING Touch the DAY button to activate the controls defined by day boarding preset configuration.
Touch the NIGHT button to activate the controls defined by night boarding preset configu-
ration.
CRUISE Touch the DAY button to activate the controls defined by day cruise preset configuration.
Touch the NIGHT button to activate the controls defined by night cruise preset configuration.
MOVIE VIEWING Touch the CABIN button to activate the controls defined by cabin movie viewing preset
configuration.
Figure 3-8. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Presets Menu
3-21
Table 3-9. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Messages Menu.
MESSAGES MENU Refer to Figure 3-9. The Setup Screen is used to access the system preset controls. The
system preset controls listed below allow the operator to quickly configure multiple cabin
controls.
Select Messages Touch the message check box to select individual messages.
SELECT ALL Touch the SELECT ALL button to select all messages shown in the message field.
MESSAGES
DELETE SELECTED Touch the DELETE button to delete all selected messages shown in the message field.
MESSAGES
Figure 3-9. Touch Screen Equipment, Cabin Category, Messages Menu
3-22
Table 3-10. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Settings Menu.
SETTINGS MENU Refer to Figure 3-10. Touch the SETTINGS button in the left-hand column to show the set-
tings screen. The settings screen is used to control programming selections using a familiar
program guide format and menu icons.
VIDEO Touch the VIDEO tab to show the VIDEO sub-screen. The VIDEO sub-screen is described
below.
FWD BULKHEAD The video source for the FORWARD BULKHEAD MONITOR shows in the center field.
MONITOR Touch the SELECT button to show the pop-up menu with several video source options.
These options include:
• SAT TV
• DVD
• CAMERA
• AIRSHOW
• CABIN PORTS.
Touch a video source button to toggle between the video sources of that type. Additional
selection options can appear when a video source is touched. For example, the DVD button
will toggle between DVD1 and DVD2, and a choice of CDs and DVDs will appear. Touch
the X button to return to the VIDEO sub-screen.
Touch the POWER button to toggle the forward bulkhead monitor on and off.
AFT BULKHEAD The video source for the AFT BULKHEAD MONITOR shows in the center field. Touch the
MONITOR SELECT button to show the pop-up menu with several video source options. These options
include:
• SAT TV
• DVD
• CAMERA
• AIRSHOW
• CABIN PORTS.
Touch a video source button to toggle between the video sources of that type. Additional
selection options can appear when a video source is touched. For example, the DVD button
will toggle between DVD1 and DVD2, and a choice of CDs and DVDs will appear. Touch
the X button to return to the VIDEO sub-screen.
Touch the POWER button to toggle the aft bulkhead monitor on and off.
AUDIO Touch the AUDIO tab to show the AUDIO sub-screen.
3-23
Table 3-10. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Settings Menu. - Continued
CABIN SPEAKER The audio source for the cabin speaker shows in the field next to the SELECT button. Touch
AUDIO the SELECT button to show the pop-up menu with several speaker source options. These
options include:
• MONITOR
• CD
• XM RADIO.
Touch an audio source button to toggle between the audio sources of that type. Additional
selection options can appear when an audio source is touched. For example, the CD button
will toggle between CD1 and CD2, and a choice of audio from several CDs and DVDs will
appear. Touch the X button to return to the AUDIO sub-screen.
Touch the left or right arrow button to adjust the CABIN BALANCE.
Touch the EQUALIZER button to show the pop-up menu with several equalizer options.
Touch the X button to return to the AUDIO sub-screen.
Touch the DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) button to apply a DRC effect.
CABIN VOLUME Touch the up or down arrow button to adjust the volume of the cabin speakers.
Touch the MUTE button to set the cabin speakers to OFF.
3-24
Figure 3-10. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Settings Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)
3-25
Figure 3-10. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Settings Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-26
Table 3-11. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Satellite TV Menu.
SAT TV MENU To show the Entertainment screen, touch the ENTERTAINMENT tab on any of the follow-
ing touch screens:
• Galley
• Master Seat
• Passenger Seat.
Refer to Figure 3-11. Touch the SAT TV button in the left-hand column to show the Satel-
lite TV screen. The Satellite TV screen is used to control programming selections using a
familiar program guide format and menu icons.
SELECT SAT TV Touch the SAT TV button, next to the receiver number window, to toggle between the two
RECEIVER possible satellite TV receivers.
GUIDE Touch the GUIDE button to show the on-screen program guide.
MENU Touch the MENU button to show the program guide menu.
PAGE UP Touch the PAGE UP button to select the next page of the program guide.
PAGE DOWN Touch the PAGE DOWN button to select the previous page of the program guide.
Arrow Buttons Touch the UP, DOWN, LEFT, or RIGHT arrow button control to move the cursor one step
on the on-screen menu.
ENTER Touch the ENTER button to select the highlighted function on the menu.
CABIN SETTINGS
FWD MON Touch the FWD MON button to toggle the forward bulkhead monitor on or off for movie
viewing.
AFT MON Touch the AFT MON button to toggle the aft bulkhead monitor on or off for movie viewing.
SPEAKERS Touch the SPEAKERS button to show the CABIN SPEAKER AUDIO pop-up screen. Se-
lect the source of audio from the buttons on the screen. The selection shows in the window
below the CABIN SPEAKER AUDIO label.
Touch the X button to close without a selection on the SAT TV KEYPAD screen.
Touch the MUTE button to set the cabin speakers off.
KEYPAD Touch the KEYPAD button to show the numeric pad pop-up screen for the SAT TV.
Touch the X button to close without a selection on the SAT TV KEYPAD screen.
NUMERIC Touch the numeric buttons as required to set the desired SAT TV channel. The pop-up screen
BUTTONS closes when the channel number is selected.
3-27
Figure 3-11. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Satellite TV Menu
3-28
Table 3-12. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, DVD/CD Menu.
DVD/CD Refer to Figure 3-12. The DVD/CD screen is used to control the installed DVD/CD play-
ers. Single or multiple DVD/CD players may be available. The familiar play, pause, stop,
reverse, and fast forward controls are available. The video can be viewed on any bulkhead
monitor by touching the corresponding control. The menu controls allow for navigation
through a DVD/CD menu screen. Depending on the airplane installation, Entertainment
DVD/CD control screens are available on the Galley touch screen and the Master Seat touch
screens.
DVD/CD PLAYER Touch the DVD/CD PLAYER button to toggle between DVD/CD player #1 and the
optional DVD/CD player #2.
DISC The DISC window shows the disc type selected.
PLAY Touch the PLAY button to start the DVD/CD.
PAUSE Touch the PAUSE button to pause the DVD/CD.
STOP Touch the STOP button to stop the DVD/CD.
REWIND Touch the REWIND button to rewind the DVD/CD.
FAST FORWARD Touch the FAST FORWARD button to fast forward DVD/CD.
SKIP TO PREVIOUS Touch the SKIP TO PREVIOUS TRACK button to select the previous track on the
TRACK CD/DVD.
SKIP TO NEXT TRACK Touch the SKIP TO NEXT TRACK button to select the next track on the CD/DVD.
MENU Touch the MENU button to view the DVD menu video selections.
LETTER BOX Touch the LETTER BOX button to view the DVD in letter box format.
FULL SCREEN Touch the FULL SCREEN button to view the DVD in full screen format.
FWD MON Touch the FWD MON button to toggle the forward bulkhead monitor between on and off
for movie viewing.
AFT MON Touch the AFT MON button to toggle the aft bulkhead monitor between on and off for
movie viewing.
SPEAKERS Touch the SPEAKERS button to toggle the cabin speakers between on and off.
Touch the MUTE button to set the cabin speakers to OFF.
3-29
Figure 3-12. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, DVD/CD Menu
3-30
Table 3-13. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, XM Radio Menu.
XM RADIO MENU Refer to Figure 3-13. Use this display to select which XM RADIO the system uses.
XM RADIO Touch the XM RADIO button repeatedly to toggle between the available receivers. The
selected receiver number with a signal strength indication appears in the field to the right of
the button.
SELECT CATEGORY Use this display to select an XM Radio channel category.
CATEGORY Refer to Figure 3-13, Sheet 2. Touch the CATEGORY button to show the XM RADIO
CATEGORIES pop-up menu.
Touch one of the CATEGORY buttons to choose an XM Radio category. The available
channels in that category will show in the XM RADIO sub-screen. The selected category
shows next to the CATEGORY button.
Touch the X button to return to the XM RADIO sub-screen.
AVAILABLE CHANNELS The available XM radio channels show on the XM RADIO sub-screen in the AVAILABLE
CHANNELS field. The details about each channel, follow:
• Channel Number (CH #)
• Artist
• Title
• Channel Name (CH NAME)
• Category.
CURRENT SELECTION The CURRENT SELECTION field shows which channel the XM Radio is tuned to.
KEYPAD Refer to Figure 3-13, Sheet 3. Touch the KEYPAD button to show the XM RADIO KEYPAD
pop-up menu.
On the XM RADIO KEYPAD pop-up menu, use the keypad to enter an XM radio channel.
SPEAKERS Touch the SPEAKERS button to show the CABIN SPEAKERS pop-up menu.
On the CABIN SPEAKERS pop-up menu, touch FWD or AFT to send audio to the forward
or aft cabin speakers.
PAGE UP Touch PG UP to scroll up a page in the AVAILABLE CHANNELS field.
PAGE DOWN Touch the PG DN button to scroll down a page in the AVAILABLE CHANNELS field.
ENTER Touch the ENTER button to play the channel shown in the focus indicator in the CURRENT
SELECTION field.
Touch the up arrow or the down arrow to move the channel focus indicator up or down
through the song list in the AVAILABLE CHANNELS field.
PRESETS The PRESETS buttons set and select pre-assigned XM Radio channels.
PRESET CHANNELS Touch 1 through 6 buttons to recall a preset XM Radio channel.
MEMORY Touch the MEMORY button and then a numbered PRESET button (1 through 6), to set an
XM Radio preset.
Touch the MUTE button to set the cabin speakers to off.
3-31
Figure 3-13. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, XM Radio (Sheet 1 of 3)
3-32
Table 3-14. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, CD Changer Menu.
CD CHANGER MENU Refer to Figure 3-14. The CD Changer screen is used to browse among the different CD
audio choices using track and CD Changer controls. The familiar play, pause, stop, rewind,
and forward controls are available on this screen. The CD audio can be output through the
forward and/or aft cabin speakers.
PLAY CONTROLS
PLAY Touch the PLAY button to start playing the CD.
PAUSE Touch the PAUSE button to pause playing the CD.
STOP Touch the STOP button to stop playing the CD.
REWIND Touch the REWIND button to fast reverse the CD.
FAST FORWARD Touch the FAST FORWARD button to fast forward the CD.
SKIP TO PREVIOUS Touch the SKIP TO PREVIOUS TRACK button to go to the previous track on the CD.
TRACK
SKIP TO NEXT TRACK Touch the SKIP TO NEXT TRACK button to go to the next track on the CD.
CHANGE CD
PREVIOUS Touch the CHANGE CD PREVIOUS button to go to the previous CD.
NEXT Touch CHANGE CD NEXT button to go to the next CD.
3-33
Table 3-14. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, CD Changer Menu. - Continued
SPEAKERS Touch SPEAKERS button to hear the audio through the cabin speakers.
Figure 3-14. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, CD Changer Menu
3-34
Table 3-15. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Camera Menu.
CAMERA MENU Refer to Figure 3-15. The CAMERA screens are used to select a camera, select a view-
ing monitor, and to zoom-control the camera image.
SELECT MONITORS TO VIEW
FWD MON Touch the FWD MON button to view the camera on the forward cabin monitors.
AFT MON Touch the AFT MON button to view the camera on the aft cabin monitors.
Figure 3-15. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Camera Menu
3-35
Table 3-16. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Carry-On Menu.
CARRY-ON MENU Refer to Figure 3-16. The CARRY-ON screens are used to integrate an audio or video
source into the CES.
CABIN PORT Touch the SELECT button to view material from a laptop, game system, or other
portable devices on the monitors.
FWD MON Touch the FWD MON button to view the camera on the forward cabin monitors.
AFT MON Touch the AFT MON button to view the camera on the aft cabin monitors.
SPEAKERS Touch the SPEAKERS button to hear the audio through the cabin speakers.
3-36
Figure 3-16. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Carry-On Menu
3-37
Table 3-17. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Messages Menu.
MESSAGES MENU Refer to Figure 3-17. The MESSAGES MENU screen is used to select and view all
system messages.
SELECT ALL MESSAGES Touch the SELECT ALL button to highlight all messages shown in the message field.
DELETE SELECTED Touch the DELETE button to delete all selected messages shown in the message field.
MESSAGES
Figure 3-17. Touch Screen Equipment, Entertainment Category, Messages Menu
3-38
Table 3-18. Touch Screen Equipment, Airshow Category, Home Menu.
AIRSHOW MENU Refer to Figure 3-18. The AIRSHOW screens provide the passenger with flight information.
The available screens are as follows:
• HOME
• MAPS
• YOUR FLIGHT
• YOUR DESTINATION
• AIRSHOW NETWORK
• WORLD GUIDE
• AUTO PLAY.
HOME The HOME page contains the three information panels that follow:
• FLIGHT STATUS
• YOUR DESTINATION
• AIRSHOW NETWORK.
The FLIGHT STATUS frame shows times, speeds, or distances related to the flight at three
at a time. The BACK and MORE buttons show the next or previous three FLIGHT STATUS
items.The YOUR DESTINATION frame shows the following information, if it is available:
• Current high and low temperatures
• Local time
• Estimated time of arrival
• Extended forecast.
The AIRSHOW NETWORK frame shows news headlines.
NOTE
The YOUR DESTINATION and AIRSHOW NETWORK features require a subscrip-
tion to the Airshow Network service, and a connection to the airplane telephone sys-
tem.
MAPS The MAPS page contains the two information panels that follow:
• Flight specific views
• Interactive views.
In the Flight Specific Views panel, select a map of interest to show a larger version. The
AUTOPLAY button shows all available maps repeatedly.
YOUR FLIGHT The YOUR FLIGHT page shows information about FLIGHT STATUS and FLIGHT IN-
FORMATION.
YOUR DESTINATION The YOUR DESTINATION page shows detailed data on the destination city. This data falls
under five tabs: OVERVIEW, SLIDESHOW, HISTORY, STATS, and MAP.
NOTE
This feature requires the purchase of the World Explorer with Lonely Planet content.
3-39
Table 3-18. Touch Screen Equipment, Airshow Category, Home Menu. - Continued
AIRSHOW NETWORK The AIRSHOW NETWORK page shows current news, sports, weather, and other informa-
tion available from the network content providers.
NOTE
The AIRSHOW NETWORK requires a subscription to the Airshow Network service,
and a connection to the airplane telephone system.
WORLD GUIDE The WORLD GUIDE page is a quick Points Of Interest (POI) reference data. This data falls
under five tabs:
• OVERVIEW
• SLIDESHOW
• HISTORY
• STATS
• MAP.
NOTE
This feature requires the purchase of the World Explorer with Lonely Planet content.
AUTO PLAY The AUTO PLAY tab shows all available maps repeatedly.
3-40
Figure 3-18. Touch Screen Equipment, Airshow Category, Menu (Sheet 1 of 3)
3-41
3-42
3-43
Table 3-19. Touch Screen Equipment, Airborne Office Category, Settings and Messages.
AIRBORNE OFFICE MENU Refer to Figure 3-19. The AIRBORNE OFFICE screen provides the passenger with a similar
level of functionality as is found in the modern office environment. This includes controls
for establishing a high speed datalink (e.g., Off Aircraft Communication) and for showing
a PC screen on the bulkhead monitors. The AIRBORNE OFFICE screen also provides an
at-a-glance view of the current status of office equipment and high speed datalink.
OFF AIRCRAFT Touch the OFF AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION button to toggle the off aircraft commu-
COMMUNICATION nication through the high speed datalink between ENABLED and DISABLED. The status
shows in the STATUS display as one of the messages that follows:
• DISABLED
• CONNECTED
• DISCONNECTED
• FAIL
• NOT READY.
SHOW PC VIEW ON Touch the FWD MON button to view screen data (from the connected laptop) on the forward
CABIN MONITOR, FWD bulkhead cabin monitor. There are two preassigned VGA locations for laptop connection.
MON The laptop screen data can only be viewed on the monitor connected to that location.
SHOW PC VIEW ON Touch the AFT MON button to view screen data (from the connected laptop) on the aft
CABIN MONITOR, AFT bulkhead cabin monitor. There are two preassigned VGA locations for laptop connection.
MON The laptop screen data can only be viewed on the monitor connected to that location.
Figure 3-19. Touch Screen Equipment, Airborne Office Category, Settings and Messages (Sheet 1 of 3)
3-44
3-45
Table 3-20. 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Cabin Category, Menu.
LIGHTS Refer to Figure 3-20. The LIGHTS menu supplies controls to adjust brightness for the cabin
upper and lower lights. Controls are also supplied to turn those lights on or off. Selected
settings are supplied to control the cabin accent lights and wash lights. The VIP can also
select the cabin lights settings to view movies in the cabin.
These light menus are for the optional FWD and AFT lights configuration. The shades
menu is for the left/right configuration. Refer to Table 3-6 for the baseline and optional
configurations.
FWD/AFT The FWD/AFT tab supplies controls to adjust the cabin upper brightness and cabin lower
brightness.
CABIN UPPER Touch the UP (+) or DOWN (-) arrow button to turn on the cabin upper lights. Touch the UP
BRIGHTNESS (+) or DOWN (-) button as needed to adjust the brightness of the cabin upper lights. Touch
the OFF button to turn off these lights.
CABIN LOWER Touch the UP (+) or DOWN (-) arrow button to turn on the cabin lower lights. Touch the UP
BRIGHTNESS (+) or DOWN (-) button as needed to adjust the brightness of the cabin lower lights. Touch
the OFF button to turn off these lights.
MISC. The MISC. tab supplies controls to adjust the brightness of the cabin accent lights. This
menu also supplies controls to turn on/turn off the wash lights. The VIP can also select the
cabin lights settings to view movies in the cabin.
SELECT CABIN Touch the 3rd ROW button as needed to control the settings for the cabin lights in the third
ACCENT LIGHTS row. Touch the FLOOR button as needed to control the settings for the cabin floor lights.
SET MOVIE Touch the FWD button to select movie viewing preset configuration for the forward cabin.
VIEWING PRESETS Touch the AFT button to select movie viewing preset configuration for the aft cabin.
SHADES Touch the SHADES button to access the Shades menu. The Shades menu supplies the con-
trols to move the shades up or down in selected cabin zones. Refer to Table 3-7 for the
optional configurations of the cabin window shade controls.
SET SHADES Touch the LEFT UP or RIGHT UP button to open the shades in the selected zone.
Touch the LEFT DOWN or RIGHT DOWN button to close the shades in the selected zone.
CLIMATE Touch the CLIMATE button to access the CLIMATE menu. The CLIMATE menu supplies
the VIP with control of the cabin temperature.
CABIN Touch COLDER (-) arrow button to decrease or WARMER (+) arrow button to increase the
TEMPERATURE temperature of the cabin.
NOTE
The flight crew has the ability to deactivate this function and control it from the cock-
pit.
3-46
Figure 3-20. 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Cabin Category, Menu (Sheet 1 of 2)
3-47
Figure 3-20. 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Cabin Category, Menu (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-48
Table 3-21. 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Source Select Category, Menu.
HEADSET Refer to Figure 3-21. The HEADSET menu supplies controls to select the
headset audio source, and to adjust the headset volume, balance, treble, and
bass settings.
VOLUME/SOURCE The HEADSET VOL/SRC tab supplies controls to select an audio source, and
to adjust the headset volume for that source.
HEADSET VOLUME Touch the DOWN (-) and UP (+) arrow button as needed to adjust the headset
volume level.
AUDIO SOURCE Touch the left or right arrow button to scroll through the available audio sources.
The available audio source buttons can include the MONITOR, CD, PORTS
(carry-on entertainment port equipment), XM RADIO, and the CD CHNGR
(CD changer). The selected audio source shows in the box located between the
left and right arrow buttons.
MUTE Touch the MUTE button to silence the headset audio. Touch the MUTE button
again to resume headset audio.
SETTINGS The SETTINGS tab supplies controls to adjust the headset balance, treble, and
bass functions for the selected audio source. A dynamic range compression
effect can also be selected from this menu.
HEADSET BALANCE Touch the UP (+) or DOWN (-) arrows as needed to adjust the headset
balance setting.
HEADSET TREBLE Touch the UP (+) or DOWN (-) arrows as needed to adjust the headset treble
setting.
HEADSET BASS Touch the UP (+) or DOWN (-) arrows as needed to adjust the headset bass
setting.
DRC Touch the DRC button to apply a dynamic range compression effect. The DRC
button shows as a depressed button when the dynamic range compression
effect is enabled. The DRC button returns to its normal appearance when the
dynamic range compression effect is not in use.
AUDIO Touch the AUDIO button to gain access to the AUDIO menu. The AUDIO
menu provides control of the speakers that are located in the forward or aft
audio zones. The AUDIO VOL/SRC tab supplies controls to select an audio
source, and to adjust the speaker volume for that source.
VOLUME/SOURCE The HEADSET VOL/SRC tab supplies controls to select an audio source, and
to adjust the speakers volume for that source.
CABIN VOLUME Touch the UP (+) or DOWN (-) arrow as needed to adjust the cabin volume
level.
AUDIO SOURCE Touch the left or right arrow button to scroll the available audio source selec-
tions for the audio source. The available audio sources can include the MONI-
TOR, CD, PORTS (carry-on entertainment port equipment), XM RADIO, and
the CD CHNGR (CD changer). The selected audio source shows in the box
located between the left and right arrow buttons.
MUTE Touch the MUTE button to silence the headset audio. Touch the MUTE button
again to resume headset audio.
3-49
Table 3-21. 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Source Select Category, Menu. - Continued
SETTINGS The SETTINGS tab supplies controls to adjust the speakers balance, treble, and
bass functions for the selected audio source. A dynamic range compression
effect can also be selected from this menu.
BALANCE Touch the UP (+) or DOWN (-) arrows as needed to adjust the speakers
balance setting.
EQUALIZER PRESETS Set the speaker BALANCE setting for the music category that is currently
selected for the speaker audio output. Touch the appropriate button from the
EQUALIZER PRESETS menu to preset the speaker BALANCE setting for
that music category.
DRC Touch the DRC button to apply a dynamic range compression effect. The
MUTE button shows as a depressed button when the mute function is enabled.
The DRC button returns to its normal appearance when the dynamic range
compression effect is not in use.
VIDEO Touch the VIDEO button to gain access to the VIDEO menu. The VIDEO
menu provides control of the monitors that are located in the forward or aft
video zones.
FWD/AFT Touch the FWD or AFT tab to gain access to the FWD or AFT video source
selection menu. The menu provides control of the video source for monitors
that are located in the forward or aft video zones.
POWER Touch the POWER button to turn the FWD or AFT bulkhead monitor ON or
OFF.
3-50
Figure 3-21. 3.8-inch Touch Screens, Source Select Category, Menus (Sheet 1 of 3)
3-51
3-52
3-53
Table 3-22. Pronto Remote.
Refer to Figure 3-22. The Pronto Remote is a tethered handheld unit that is used
to control local content categories. The remote provides a subset of the content
categories that are available on the touch screens. The available content categories
vary depending upon where the remote is connected.
INACTIVE CONTROLS The PRONTO is intended for use as a touch screen device. Many of the controls
shown in Figure 3-22 are not used. They are shown for the convenience of the
reader. Some of these controls may duplicate touch screen operations.
TOUCH SCREENS Refer to Table 3-24 for the touch screens available on the PRONTO.
Figure 3-22. Pronto Remote
3-54
Table 3-23. Wireless Passenger Control Unit.
Refer to Figure 3-23. The optional Wireless Personal Computer Unit (WPCU)
replaces the baseline Pronto Remote. The WPCU uses a wireless Local Area
Network (LAN) connectivity to provide personalized control of the local seat en-
vironment. The WPCU requires the installation of the Wireless LAN Unit (WLU)
and the Ethernet Switch Equipment (ESE). The WPCU supplies input from the
cabin system. The WPCU provides controls for the cabin entertainment source
selection and entertainment source control.
NOTE
The WPCU has control buttons on the unit. These do not function with the
CES. The WPCU is programmed as a touch screen device.
CONTROLS The WPCU utilizes a touchscreen to navigate through the available screens.
These screens are similar to the screens shown on other touch screen devices.
Refer to Table 3-24 for the touch screens available on the WPCU.
Figure 3-23. Wireless Passenger Control Unit
3-55
Table 3-24. Pronto Remote/Wireless Passenger Control Unit, Categories and Menus.
PRONTO REMOTE/WPCU Refer to Figure 3-24. The Pronto Remote/WPCU provides wireless controls of the
entire cabin.
CABIN CATEGORY Touch the CABIN button to show the cabin category. The cabin category provides
select controls throughout the cabin. The cabin category is divided into sub-category
menus. Select a sub-category menu by pressing the sub-category menu button on the
cabin category main menu, or from a sub-category menu by selecting the LEFT or
RIGHT arrows in the sub-category selection at the top of the screen.
CABIN>LIGHTS Touch the LIGHTS button at the top of the CABIN CATEGORY menu to show the
LIGHTS sub-category menu. Use the LIGHTS menu to make adjustments to the light-
ing throughout the cabin. Lights menus shown are for both the baseline and optional
configurations.
Lighting Configurations Lighting configurations are as follows:
• Baseline: White only wash lights, no FWD/AFT
• Option 1: White only wash lights, FWD and AFT split cabin
• Option 2: Color wash lights, no FWD/AFT
• Option 3: Color wash lights, FWD and AFT split cabin.
Figure 3-24 shows lighting Baseline, Option 2, and Option 3 configurations.
LIGHTS>WASH Touch the DOWN or UP arrow in the CABIN UPPER BRIGHTNESS area to adjust
the brightness of the cabin upper cabin lights. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 2 for the
baseline touch screen.
Touch the OFF button in the CABIN UPPER BRIGHTNESS area to turn off the
cabin upper cabin lights.
Touch the COLOR button to show the SELECT WASH LIGHT COLOR pop-up
screen. Touch a button on the pop-up screen to choose a wash light color.
The controls in the CABIN LOWER BRIGHTNESS area are similar to the controls in
the CABIN UPPER BRIGHTNESS area.
LIGHTS>FWD Touch the FWD tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 3.
Touch the DOWN or UP arrow in the FWD UPPER BRIGHTNESS area to adjust
the brightness of the forward upper cabin lights. Touch the OFF button in the FWD
UPPER BRIGHTNESS area to turn off the forward upper cabin lights. Touch the
COLOR button to show the SELECT WASH LIGHT COLOR pop-up screen. Refer to
Figure 3-24, Sheet 2. Touch a button on the pop-up screen to choose a wash light color.
The controls in the FWD LOWER BRIGHTNESS area are similar to the controls in
the FWD UPPER BRIGHTNESS area.
LIGHTS>AFT Touch the AFT tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 4.
Touch the DOWN or UP arrow in the AFT UPPER BRIGHTNESS area to adjust the
brightness of the aft upper cabin lights. Touch the OFF button in the AFT UPPER
BRIGHTNESS area to turn off the aft upper cabin lights. Touch the COLOR button
to show the SELECT WASH LIGHT COLOR pop-up screen. Touch a button on the
pop-up screen to choose a wash light color.
The controls in the AFT LOWER BRIGHTNESS area are similar to the controls in
the AFT UPPER BRIGHTNESS area.
3-56
Table 3-24. Pronto Remote/Wireless Passenger Control Unit, Categories and Menus. - Continued
LIGHTS>MISC Touch the MISC tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 3 for the baseline configuration and
Figure 3-24, Sheet 5 for the optional configuration.
Touch the 3RD ROW or FLOOR button in the SET ACCENT LIGHTS area to toggle
ON or OFF the accent lights.
In the optional configuration there are separate buttons for the accent lights in the
FWD or AFT areas of the cabin.
CABIN>PRESETS Touch the PRESETS button on the CABIN category main menu or touch the LEFT or
RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu to show the PRESETS menu.
Use the presets menu to make cabin lighting configuration selections throughout the
cabin.
PRESETS MENU Touch the DAY button to activate the day cruise cabin preset configuration. The button
will be illuminated.
Touch the NIGHT button to activate the night cruise cabin preset configuration. The
DAY button will be extinguished, and the NIGHT button will be illuminated.
Touch the FWD button to activate the fwd movie viewing cabin preset configuration.
The FWD button will be illuminated.
Touch the AFT button to activate the aft movie viewing cabin preset configuration. The
AFT button will be illuminated.
CABIN>SHADES Touch the SHADES button on the CABIN category main menu or touch the LEFT or
RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu to show the SHADES menu.
Use the SHADES menu to set the shades using a two-step process. First select the zones
to change the shade settings and then select the shades to be set.
SHADES MENU Touch a zone button (LEFT/RIGHT or FWD/AFT) in the STEP 1: SELECT ZONES
area to control the cabin shades. The button will be illuminated. Then select the either
the UP or DOWN buttons in the STEP 2: SET SHADES area for the desired position.
Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 6.
NOTE
Electrically controlled window shades are also individually operated from con-
trols at the shade.
Electrically controlled window shades are optional equipment. The
LEFT/RIGHT or FWD/AFT are optional configurations.
CABIN>TEMP Touch the TEMP button on the CABIN category main menu or touch the LEFT or
RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu at the top of a sub-category
menu to show the TEMP menu. Use the TEMP menu to adjust the temperature of the
cabin.
ADJUST CABIN Touch the DOWN arrow to decrease the temperature or the UP arrow to increase the
TEMPERATURE temperature. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 7.
This control may be locked out by the cockpit control.
A/V CATEGORY The Audio/Video (A/V) category selects entertainment sources. The A/V category is
divided into sub-category menus. Select a menu by pressing the menu button on the A/V
category main menu or by selecting the LEFT or RIGHT arrows in the sub-category
selection at the top of a sub-category menu. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 8.
3-57
A/V>SAT TV MENU Touch the SAT TV on the A/V category main menu or touch the LEFT or RIGHT arrow
buttons at the top of a sub-category menu to show the SAT TV menu. Use the SAT TV
menu to choose an entertainment source.
SAT TV>SELECT Touch the SELECT tab.
Touch the SAT TV button repeatedly for the available receiver selections. The selected
receiver number will appear in the box to the immediate right of the button.
Touch the FWD or AFT button to show SAT TV on the FWD or AFT monitor.
Touch the SPEAKERS button to play SAT TV audio over the cabin speakers.
SAT TV>MENU Touch the MENU tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 9.
Touch the GUIDE button to view the corresponding guide on the bulkhead monitor.
Select the GUIDE button.
Touch the page down or page up button to page down or up through the guide. Touch
the MENU button to show the corresponding menu. Touch the UP arrow, LEFT arrow,
RIGHT arrow, or DOWN arrow button to navigate through the menu or guide. Put the
focus over the desired program or item and touch the ENTER button to select a program
or item on the menu or guide.
SAT TV>KEYPAD Touch the KEYPAD tab. The keypad gives a short cut to directly enter the channel
number and bypass the guide, if the channel number is known.
Enter the number for a desired channel to select that channel.
A/V>DVD/CD MENU Touch the DVD/CD on the A/V category main menu or touch the LEFT or RIGHT
arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu to show the DVD/CD menu. Use the
DVD/CD menu to choose an entertainment source.
DVD/CD>SELECT MENU Touch the SELECT tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 10.
Touch the DVD/CD button repeatedly for the available DVD/CD player selections. The
selected DVD/CD player number will appear in the box to the immediate right of the
button.
Touch the FWD or AFT button to show DVD/CD on the FWD or AFT monitor.
NOTE
Only the SPEAKERS button will be displayed if the disc loaded in the DVD/CD
player is CD audio.
Touch the SPEAKERS button to play DVD/CD audio over the cabin speakers.
DVD/CD>MENU Touch the MENU tab.
Touch the MENU button to show the corresponding menu. Touch the UP arrow, LEFT
arrow, RIGHT arrow, or DOWN arrow button to navigate up or down through the
menus. Put the focus over the desired item and touch the ENTER button to select an
item on the menu.
DVD/CD>CONTROLS MENU Touch the CONTROLS tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 11.
Touch the play, pause, stop, rewind, or fast forward button to play, pause, stop, reverse,
or fast forward the DVD/CD. Touch the left skip or right skip button to skip back or
forward a chapter. Touch the button under the POWER label to power on or off the
DVD/CD player.
3-58
A/V>CD CHGR MENU Touch the CD CHGR button on the A/V category main menu or touch the LEFT or
RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu to show the CD CHGR menu.
Use the CD CHGR menu to choose an entertainment source. Refer to Figure 3-24,
Sheet 13.
CD CHGR Touch the play, pause, stop, rewind, or fast forward button to play, stop, reverse, fast
reverse or fast forward the CD. Touch the left SKIP or right SKIP button to skip back
or forward a song.
CD CHGR>CHANGE CD Touch the PREVIOUS button to load the previous CD played. Touch the NEXT button
to load the next CD available.
Touch the SPEAKERS button to hear a CD on the cabin speakers.
A/V>XM MENU Touch the XM RADIO button on the A/V category main menu or touch the LEFT or
RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu to show the XM menu. Refer
to Figure 3-24, Sheet 13. The XM menu chooses XM Radio channels and shows what is
currently playing. Changing XM Radio channels can be changed manually by selecting:
• KEYBOARD
• CATEGORY
• PRESETS.
XM>SELECT MENU Touch the SELECT tab.
The CURRENT SELECTION box shows the name and channel number of the current
channel.
Touch the XM button repeatedly to select an XM receiver. The selected receiver number
will appear in the box to the immediate right of the button.
Touch the SPEAKERS button to hear an XM receiver on the cabin speakers.
XM>MENU Touch the MENU tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 14.
Touch the UP arrow or DOWN arrow button to navigate up or down through the song
list. Select the ENTER button to select a channel. The selection will be displayed in
the Current Selection window.
Touch the MEMORY button to set a radio preset: make a channel selection. Then touch
a numbered preset button, labeled 1-6, to set the channel.
Touch a numbered preset button, labeled 1-6, to recall the assigned channel. The preset
channel selection will be displayed in the Current Selection window.
Touch the CATEGORY button to show the SELECT CATEGORY pop-up menu. Refer
to Figure 3-24, Sheet 15. On the XM Radio Categories pop-up menu, touch the desired
music category button. The MORE button will display additional music categories to
select. Touch a category button or the X button to return to the XM MAIN MENU.
XM>KEYPAD MENU
NOTE
The keypad is an alternative method for selecting a channel. If the user knows
the channel in advance, they can go to the keypad and enter the number for that
channel.
Touch the KEYPAD tab.
Enter the number for a desired channel to select a channel by number.
3-59
A/V>AIRSHOW MENU Touch the AIRSHOW button on the A/V category main menu or touch the LEFT or
RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu to show the AIRSHOW menu.
AIRSHOW>MONITOR Touch the FWD MON or AFT MON button to show Airshow on the fwd or aft monitor.
SELECTION
AIRSHOW>AIRSHOW Touch the YOUR FLIGHT button to choose flight mode. Touch the AUTO PLAY but-
SELECTION ton to display the AIRSHOW auto play mode. Touch the MAPS, LOGO, or RLI button
to show the AIRSHOW Maps, Logo, or Relative Location Indicator mode. Touch the
HIGH RES, NETWORK, or WEATHER button to show the High Resolution, Network,
or Weather mode.
A/V>CAMERA MENU Touch the CAMERA button on the A/V category main menu or touch the LEFT or
RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of a sub-category menu to show the CAMERA menu.
CAMERA MENU Touch the CAMERA button to select the available cameras. Touch the FWD or AFT
button to view the camera on the fwd or aft monitor.
SPEAKER MENU This menu selects what source plays on which speakers. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet
17. This menu also sets the balance, selects an equalizer preset and enables Dynamic
Range Compression (DRC).
SPEAKER MENU>AUDIO MENU Touch the AUDIO tab.
The audio speaker menu allows the users to select which audio and video sources will
be played on the cabin speakers.
3-60
SPEAKER MENU>SETTINGS Touch the SETTINGS tab. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 19.
MENU Touch the LEFT or RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of the menu to select the set of
speakers to adjust the sound.
Touch the LEFT or RIGHT arrow to adjust the speaker balance to the left or the right.
Touch a desired equalizer preset button in the CABIN EQUALIZER PRESET area to
choose an equalizer preset.
NOTE
To define a custom preset, use the MAINTENANCE category on a TSE.
Touch the DRC button to apply a DRC effect.
MONITOR MENU This menu selects what source plays on which monitor. Refer to Figure 3-24, Sheet 19.
Touch the LEFT or RIGHT arrow buttons at the top of the menu to toggle through the
available monitors in the cabin.
Touch the POWER button to toggle the monitor power on and off.
Touch any button in the SELECT VIDEO FOR MONITOR area to select a video source.
A corresponding video source pop-up menu appears. The SAT TV and DVD video
source buttons show pop-up menus which have additional selection options.
The SAT TV pop-up menu shows the choice of multiple satellite TV receivers. Each
receiver offers the option to have a different channel playing. Refer to Figure 3-24,
Sheet 20.
The DVD pop-up menu shows the choice of multiple DVD sources.
Touch the CAMERA button to show the view outside the airplane from multiple cam-
eras.
Touch the AIRSHOW button to view and access information related to the flight. Refer
to Figure 3-24, Sheet 21.
Touch the FWD VGA, FWD GAME, VIDEO 1, or VIDEO 2 button to view material
from a laptop, game system, or other portable devices on the monitors.
3-61
Figure 3-24. Pronto Remote/Wireless Passenger Control Unit, Categories and Menus (Sheet 1 of 21)
3-62
3-63
3-64
3-65
3-66
3-67
3-68
3-69
3-70
3-71
3-72
3-73
3-74
3-75
3-76
3-77
3-78
3-79
3-80
3-81
3-82
Table 3-25. Ordinance Screen.
ORDINANCE Refer to Figure 3-25. An ordinance graphic shows on the monitors for ten (10) seconds when
either of the ordinances is turned on. Both ordinances are shown, if both of the ordinances
are turned on. The ordinance graphic(s) show on any current screen and show at the top
center of the TSE screen. The ordinance graphics on the bulkhead monitors show at the
bottom of the bulkhead displays.
NO SMOKING The No Smoking graphic shows, if a condition exists that requires no smoking.
SEAT BELT The Seat Belt graphic shows, if a condition exists that requires the seat belts to be fastened.
Figure 3-25. Ordinance Screen
3-83/(3-84 Blank)
523-0808269
CHAPTER 4
Theory of Operation
4.1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter provides the overall system theory and functional block diagram theory for each unit in the Cabin Electronic System
(CES).
4.2. OVERVIEW.
This section is intended as a brief introduction to the general principles involved in the CES. It is intended for those who have little
or no previous experience with this type of airborne equipment.
4.2.1. CES System Functions.
The CES integrates the control, display, and maintenance of all cabin systems. For an overview of a CES with optional equipment
installed, refer to the CES system block diagram in Figure 4-1. The CES has the functional groups that follow:
• System Backbone
• Control and Display
• Entertainment
• Airborne Office
• Cabin Services
• Cabin Utilities
• Maintenance and Diagnostics.
4-1/(4-2 Blank)
theory of operation 523-0808269
Figure 4-1. Cabin Electronic System, Block Diagram
4-3/(4-4 Blank)
4.3. SYSTEM BACKBONE.

Refer to Figure 4-2 for the System Backbone Diagram. The System Backbone Diagram shows the MCE and the ZDEs.
4.3.1. System Backbone Components.
• Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE)

• Zone Distribution Equipment (ZDE).
The MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE) hosts the CES core set of processing resources (e.g., processor, memory, I/O).
The MCE is a cabinet with a set of Line Replaceable Modules (LRM) that are easy to install or remove as required. The LRMs
support the CES functions. The primary system data bus between the MCE and the ZDEs uses a 10/100 Base T Ethernet network.
ZDEs are Ethernet switches with added functions for local CES controls, and distribution of analog audio. The ZDEs are connected
to each other in a Gbit (Gigabit, 1000 Mbps) Ethernet loop (bi-directional ring network). Configuration files set the configuration of
the system backbone. The Ethernet data bus and ZDEs carry the information that follows:
• Command and control functions
• Digital distribution of entertainment audio and video
• E-mail
• Internet access
• Maintenance functions
• File transfers.
4-5/(4-6 Blank)
Figure 4-2. System Backbone Diagram
4-7/(4-8 Blank)
4.3.2. Modular Cabinet Equipment.

Refer to Figure 4-3 for the Modular Cabinet Equipment Block Diagram. Refer to Figure 4-4 for the Modular Cabinet Equipment
System Schematic Diagram. The MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE) houses the four modules that follow:
• MME-6000/6100 Moving Map Equipment
• PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment
• PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment
• JEE-6000 Jumper Ethernet Equipment or Optional ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment.
4.3.2.1. The Moving Map Equipment (MME) is in the MCE, but is not part of the system backbone. The MME provides a proces-
sor that is independent from the basic cabinet processor. The MME processor and hard-disk host the software applications such as
the Airshow moving map. The MME-6000 Moving Map Equipment has a single 40 gigabyte hard drive. The MME-6100 Moving
Map Equipment has dual 40 gigabyte hard drives.
4.3.2.2. The PME-6000 Processor/Mass Storage Equipment (PME) does the command and control processing for the system back-
bone. The PME has a processor and Input Output (I/O) card, 2 gigabyte mass storage flash memory card, and an Ethernet node card.
The PME has the I/O connections that follow:
• Six ARINC 429 inputs
• Six ARINC 429 outputs
• Eight Ground/open discrete inputs
• Eight +28 V dc/open discrete inputs
• Eight Ground/open discrete outputs
• Three +28 V dc/open discrete outputs
• Three 10/100 Base T Ethernet ports
• One 10 Base T Ethernet port.
4.3.2.3. The PSE-6000 Power Supply Equipment (PSE) supplies power to each module in the cabinet. Primary input power is
a nominal +28 V dc. There is a secondary 28 volt power input intended for an optional battery connection. The PSE includes a
capacitor-backed holdup capability. The primary input power may be removed for up to 200 milliseconds and the MCE continues to
operate normally. The PSE has independent power distribution to each module. If one of the modules failed and shorted its power
source, the PSE would continue to supply power to the other modules. The PSE operation is inhibited when the temperature is less
than −25±5 °C (−13 °F). The PSE shuts down when the temperature is greater than +110±5 °C (230 °F).
4.3.2.4. The MCE includes either a pass-through JEE-6000 Jumper Ethernet Equipment (JEE) Ethernet or a carrier grade Ethernet
Switch with the optional ESE-6100 Ethernet Switch Equipment (ESE). The ESE can be populated with up to 14 10/100 Base T
Ethernet Ports. The ESE is packaged as a module that can replace the JEE in the cabinet.
4.3.2.5. The MFE-6000 MCE Fan Equipment provides the cooling air for the MCE-6000 Modular Cabinet Equipment. The MFE
includes a fan plus a power filter assembly and a fan monitor assembly. The power filter assembly provides the filtering and transient
protection to the fan input power. The MFE connects directly to the +28 V dc aircraft power. The fan monitor assembly detects
the fan speed and outputs a status discrete signal to the PSE. The MCE temperature sensor outputs a discrete signal to the PSE if
temperature is greater than +10 ±5 °C (+50 °F). This discrete enables the PSE to close a low-side switch that connects the fan power
to ground. The fan is physically separate from the MCE-6000. The cooling fan is mounted on the bottom side of the MCE mounting
surface.
4-9
Figure 4-3. Modular Cabinet Equipment, Block Diagram
4-10
Figure 4-4. Modular Cabinet Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 2)
4-11/(4-12 Blank)
Figure 4-4. Modular Cabinet Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2)
4-13/(4-14 Blank)
4.3.3. Zone Distribution Equipment.

Refer to Figure 4-5 for the Zone Distribution Equipment Block Diagram. The three ZDE-6000 Zone Distribution Equipment (ZDE)
provide the interface between the devices in each cabin zone and the network backbone. Refer to Figure 4-6 for the Zone Distribution
Equipment System Schematic Diagrams.
4.3.3.1. General. A ZDE is the primary interface distribution node for a particular seating zone area. The ZDEs provide the dif-
ferent seating-zone connectivity configurations. The connectivity configurations include the various combinations of the passenger
Touch Screen Equipment, laptop computers, and carry-on Compact Disk (CD) and Digital Video Disk (DVD) media sources.
The ZDE contains the functions that follow:
• Ethernet Switch Router
• Controller
• 4-Channel Audio Decoder
• Power Supply.
4.3.3.1.1. The Ethernet switch router provides full-duplex LAN connectivity to the CES MCE. The Gigabit Ethernet bus has
full-duplex baseband transmission over all four twisted pairs and transmission data rates of 0.25 Gbits/sec over each of the four
twisted pairs. The external Ethernet ports are connected to the carry-on laptops, Touch Screen Equipment (TSE), Passenger Control
Unit (PCU), and maintenance computer connections.
4.3.3.1.2. The controller provides the processing and control of the internal and external discrete I/O and serial data bus ports. The
controller also provides the operational control for the Ethernet switch router.
4.3.3.1.3. The 4-channel audio decoder decodes the incoming digital-audio media streams for distribution to the passenger stereo-
headphones. The four channels are independent and can provide a different audio output to each headphone. The audio decoders
have two auxiliary stereo-audio outputs. The auxiliary stereo-audio outputs provide the drive for the PA Stereo Amplifier.
4.3.3.1.4. The aircraft power provides the +28 V dc power to the ZDE power supply. The power supply has a AC/DC converter that
provides the correct voltage levels for the ZDE internal circuits. The ZDE also provides the power source for the noise cancellation
headphone connections.
4.3.3.2. Interface. The ZDE-6000 provides the interface connectivity to support these functions in each seating zone. An aircraft
installation has one seating zone supporting up to 12 seats. The system supports up to 12 concurrent streams of functions that follow:
• Streaming video
• Streaming audio
• Performance of display control operations
• Access to the Internet/World Wide Web
• Access to e-mail
• Connection of carry-on game boxes to the system and played on bulkhead monitors.
4.3.3.2.1. Direct viewing of selected video sources at the passenger seats, galley areas, and cockpit is provided by the Touch
Screen Equipment (TSE). A touch screen on each TSE allows interactive communications with the Zone Distribution Equipment
and CES. The passenger service control functions such as seat adjustment control, reading light, call light selection, flight attendant,
and Passenger Address (PA) functions are CES functions not provided directly by the Local Area Network (LAN). However, the
CES may use some of the LAN and audio amplifier components to support these functions.
4.3.3.2.2. The stereo analog output from the multidisk CD player is encoded by the VEE into a PCM (Pulse Code Modulation)
Stream/Channel and multicast on the Ethernet LAN. The passengers can use the TSE or PACP controls to select and listen to any of
these channels on passenger headphones. The passenger ZDE decodes the audio for the selected stream and drives the headphones
or cabin amplifier. The Galley TSE can select any of these channels to be broadcast to any of the cabin speakers. The ZDE-6000
connected to the cabin stereo amplifiers decodes the selected stream and drives the correct amplifier channel for the selected speak-
ers. The entertainment audio channels (audio and video) are muted when the Public Address (PA), Video Address (VA), Passenger
Briefing or Oxygen System is activated.
4.3.3.2.3. In order to avoid audio/video synchronization problems, the audio content of all Motion Picture Experts Group
(MPEG)-1 or MPEG-2 encoded video stream is simultaneously decoded by the destination equipment (TSE and Bulkhead/ Digital
4-15
Tapping Equipment) circuitry. The resulting analog audio signal is then PCM re-encoded and put back onto the Ethernet LAN for
transmission to the designated ZDE. The ZDE-6000 decodes the PCM audio and drives the appropriate headphone and/or cabin
speaker amplifiers. The audio PCM or MP3 decoders are integral to the ZDE-6000. Each decoder channel is capable of decoding a
PCM or MP3 stream from the Ethernet LAN into a stereo analog output driving the passenger headphone and/or cabin/PA speaker
external amplifiers. Each ZDE is capable of decoding four audio streams and driving four headphones or two headphones and two
cabin speaker amplifiers. The two cabin speaker outputs are line-out equivalents of two of the headphone outputs.
4.3.3.2.4. The ZDE provides distributed (multicast) audio and video from standard DVD and CD. The ZDE also provides full
browser capabilities in the displays. The modularity of the system components with connectivity to a common Fast Ethernet back-
bone permits numerous configuration alternatives.
4.3.3.3. Monitoring. The ZDE does the Built-in-Test (BIT) and provides health information over the Ethernet network. The ZDE
monitors and reports the status of the functions that follow:
• Four RS-232 used for ZDE to TSE communications
• External Ethernet communications
• MDSB serial ports
• PDE serial port
• External general purpose RS-485 port
• Health of the four digital audio decoders
• Analog audio output ports
• Power supply monitoring
• Over or under temperature
• Power supply off state
• Fan failure
• Internal and intra-processor communications.
4.3.3.3.1. The ZDE has four asynchronous RS-232 interface ports. The RS-232 ports connect the ZDE-6000 to four TSE units.
The RS-232 ports for TSE control defaults to 9600 bps with 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 (odd) parity bit, and 1 stop bit.
4.3.3.3.2. The RS-485 port terminations are configurable using strapping pins. The general purpose RS-485 interface ports de-
fault to 9600 bps with 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 (odd) parity bit and 1 stop bit. One of the ports is configured to support the PDE
communications protocol.
4.3.3.3.3. The MDSB (multiple drop secondary bus) polls the switch panel equipment and receives the switch panel inputs. The
MDSB ports default to 9600 bps (bits per second) with 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 odd parity bit and 1 stop bit.
4.3.3.3.4. The Cabin Electronics System provides the digital audio to the ZDE-6000 as standard PCM or MP3 encoded multicast
packets. The ZDE contains four digital audio decoders to provide four independent analog stereo audio outputs. Each ZDE allows
up to four passengers to select independent audio sources and then decodes them to analog audio for the passenger headphone output.
Two of the audio outputs may be output to external cabin amplifiers and speakers. The AUX Audio Out 1 outputs the same audio as
Headphone Out 3. The AUX Audio Out 2 outputs the same audio as Headphone Out 4. Each audio decoder provides Dynamic Range
Compressor (DRC). This is necessary because passengers with carry-on equipment may set the volume to overcome aircraft ambient
noise for soft passages. This will cause excessive volume for louder passages, that requires the passenger to continually change the
volume settings. The ZDE-6000 independently controls the volume, stereo output balance and provides a graphic equalizer for each
audio output. The ZDE mutes the entertainment audio to the seat headphones and auxiliary audio outputs when it receives a PA active
message. When muted, the ZDE plays the PA audio on all headphone and auxiliary outputs. A passenger may reduce entertainment
volume too low for reliably hearing the PA message. To ensure that the PA audio is audible, the audio volume is changed to a defined
level when the PA is active. At the end of the PA, the audio returns to the level previously set by the passenger.
4.3.3.3.5. The ZDE provides analog stereo audio outputs for headphone and auxiliary connections. Each headphone output pro-
vides an analog stereo output capable of driving one 32 ohm to 300 ohm headphone. The auxiliary audio output provides an analog
stereo output with a range of 100 mV to 4V maximum over the volume control adjustment range for driving an external stereo
amplifier. The auxiliary outputs provide both line-level and balanced differential outputs.
4-16
4.3.3.3.6. The ZDE contains green, yellow and red Light Emitting Diode (LED) status indicators. These indicators are visible
through the cooling holes in the cover opposite the cooling fans. If multiple conditions exist, the LED indications that correspond
to the highest priority is displayed.
4-17/(4-18 Blank)
Figure 4-5. Zone Distribution Equipment, Block Diagram
4-19/(4-20 Blank)
Figure 4-6. Zone Distribution Equipment, Schematic Diagrams (Sheet 1 of 7)
4-21/(4-22 Blank)
4-23/(4-24 Blank)
4-25/(4-26 Blank)
4-27/(4-28 Blank)
4-29/(4-30 Blank)
4-31/(4-32 Blank)
4-33/(4-34 Blank)
4.4. CONTROL AND DISPLAY BLOCK DIAGRAM.

Refer to Figure 4-7 for the Control and Display block diagram. The CES provides multiple control display devices to allow the cabin
crew, passengers, and flight crew to interact with various cabin systems. The control and display devices are located in the galley,
each seat in the cabin, various other cabin locations, and in the flight compartment. The control and display devices are as follows:
• Galley TSE
• Flight Compartment TSE
• Switch Panels
• Wireless Remotes
• Bulkhead Monitors
• Personal Monitors.
4-35/(4-36 Blank)
Figure 4-7. Control and Display, Block Diagram
4-37/(4-38 Blank)
4.4.1. Galley TSE.

The Galley TSE is the primary interface to the CES. The Galley TSE is capable of executing a commercial browser (e.g., Netscape
or Internet Explorer). The cabinet processor serves up the web pages to the TSE. This allows the system to be fully exercised with a
normally equipped laptop computer during initial installation. The Galley TSE provides SVGA resolution (800 x 600) and is capable
MPEG decoding. The aspect ratio is 4:3.
4.4.2. Flight Compartment Touch Screen Equipment.
The Flight Compartment TSE provides the pilot interface to control the interactive moving map, show the system status information,
and provide the system control function.
4.4.3. Switch Panels.
All the switch panels are hard mounted into either the cabin sidewall ledge, cabinets, arm rest, or a bulkhead. The CRT/CRR isa
hard-mounted panel with fixed switches for reading light, table light, and CALL control. The audio master seat headset jack is under
the door covering. The PACP also have an audio headphone jack and local audio control. The first three types of switches (listed
above) connect directly to the network. The local switch panels are ones in which the switch outputs are connected directly to a local
control function and are not integrated. Functions controlled by local switch panels are not controllable elsewhere. A nonintegrated
local switch would be a switch that doesn’t connect directly to the local data bus and it doesn’t connect directly to the device to be
controlled. The output instead is routed to the CES (e.g., MCE) to allow multiple methods of control.
There are basically four types of switch panels in the system:
• Master Seat Location - Call/Read/Table (CRT) or Call/Read/Read (CRR)
• Normal Seat - Passenger Audio Control Panel (PACP)
• Local - Integrated
• Local - Nonintegrated.
4.4.4. Wireless Remotes.

The baseline system includes two wireless remote controls. These devices are not limited to controlling the entertainment system.
They provide a very wide range of control functionality. The remotes are based on the existing Airshow Pronto wireless remotes.
Bulkhead monitor screen controls are issued as IR commands through the wireless remote control. These commands are received by
and interpreted by the IR receiver in the bulkhead. All other remote control commands are issued as RF commands. These commands
are received the Airshow remote controller and sent to the PME in the MCE. Source equipment commands are regenerated as IR
commands in the PME and input directly to the source equipment. All other commands are output from the remote controller as
MDSB commands.
4.4.5. Bulkhead Monitors.
The bulkhead monitors are optimized for display of standard computer graphics. The monitors have a 4:3 aspect ratio. When using
these monitors as remote video displays with a wide DVD player and widescreen format (2.35:1) movies, the DVD player creates
horizontal black bars (letterbox) along the top and bottom of the display. Other movie formats (1.33:1, 1.66:1, and 1.77:1) are sized
by the DVD source equipment to fill the whole monitor. The bulkhead monitor also has the capability to resize the image provided
by the DVD source equipment.
4.4.5.1. The monitor is directly Ethernet compatible. As a result, the system design does not require the DTE to interface the
monitor to the Ethernet network. The monitor does the MPEG to NTSC conversion to show the digitally distributed video content.
The monitor also re-encodes the audio stream and routes the digital audio directly to the appropriate ZDEs for generation of headset
and/or cabin speaker audio. The monitor has both NTSC and VGA inputs. One dedicated port is provided to allow laptop connection
to the monitor. These ports connect directly to the VGA input on the monitor, thus bypassing the Ethernet bus. The monitor provides
the source selection for both ports. The default condition is the NTSC input having priority on power-up.
4.4.6. Personal Monitors.
The personal monitors are optional and have a 10.4 inch screen. All personal monitors are self-contained TSE. The standard option
is a plug-in mount that allows a display to be installed into a pre-wired receptacle in the cabin sidewall ledge.
4-39
4.5. ENTERTAINMENT.
Refer to Figure 4-8 for the Entertainment block diagram. The CES provides an integrated passenger entertainment system. This
system is capable of reproducing CD quality audio and DVD quality video in the cabin. The audio and video content is distributed
digitally throughout the cabin. The digital encoded content is decoded at each seat location. The entertainment system is comprised
of the subsystems or functions that follow:
• Source Equipment (Audio and Video)
• Personal Monitors
• Cabin Monitors
• Galley TSE
• Control Devices
• Distribution Network
• MPEG Encoders (VEEs)
• MPEG Decoders (Digital Tapping Equipment)
• Tail fin Camera System
• Moving Map
• Carry-on Game Devices (interface only)
• Satellite TV
• Audio Amplifier
• Satellite Speakers
• Carry-on Video Devices (Interface only)
• Carry-on Audio Devices (Interface only)
• Sub-Woofers.
4-40
Figure 4-8. Entertainment, Block Diagram
4-41/(4-42 Blank)
4.5.1. Audio System.

The audio system consists of source equipment, encoders, distribution, decoders, and destination equipment. The destination equip-
ment includes seat headphones and external amplifiers for cabin speakers. The source equipment includes the equipment that follows:
• Multi-disk DVD/CD Players
• Laptops, Carry-on Games, and Audio/Video Devices.
4.5.1.1. The stereo-analog-output from the multi-disk DVD/CD player is encoded by a VEE into a Pulse Code Modulation (PCM)
stream/channel and multicast onto the Ethernet LAN. The passengers, using the TSE or PACP controls, can select and listen to any
of these channels on the headphones. The passenger Zone Distribution Equipment (ZDE) decodes the audio for the selected stream
and drives the headphones or cabin amplifier. Users of the Galley TSE can select any of these channels to be broadcast to any or all
of the cabin speakers. The ZDE connected to the cabin amplifier decodes the selected stream and drives the correct amplifier channel
for the selected speakers. The audio system supports up to 16 independent audio channels. The entertainment audio channels (video
and audio) are muted when the PNS, passenger briefing, or oxygen system is activated.
4.5.1.2. The carry-on Portable Electronic Devices (PED) (e.g., laptop, game boxes , CD Players or MP3 Players) can have stereo
analog outputs encoded into a PCM audio stream by connecting to the Game Port or VEE boxes. The ZDE decodes the audio stream
and drives the seat headphone. In order to avoid Audio/Video synchronization problems, all audio content of all MPEG-1 or MPEG-2
encoded video stream is simultaneously decoded by the destination equipment (TSE and Bulkhead/Digital Tapping Equipment)
circuitry. The resulting analog audio signal is then PCM re-encoded and put back onto the Ethernet LAN for transmission to the
designated ZDE. The ZDE decodes the audio and drives the appropriate headphone and/or cabin speaker amplifiers.
4.5.2. Video System.
The video system architecture is similar to that of the audio system and consists of source equipment, encoders, distribution, decoders
and destination equipment. Destination equipment includes Bulkhead Monitors, Galley TSE, passenger TSEs, and the Electronic
Flight Bag (EFB).
The source equipment includes the devices as follow:
• Multi-region DVD Players
• Tail fin Camera
• Laptops
• Portable Video Devices.
4.5.2.1. The CES includes a multi-region DVD/CD/MP3 player. A second optional DVD/CD/MP3 player may be added to the
Entertainment System. The DVD/CD/MP3 equipment provides an Ethernet control interface.
4.5.2.2. The carry-on laptop Video Graphics Array (VGA) output can be connected to the Digital Tapping Equipment (DTE) VGA
input for high-resolution display of presentation type content on a large bulkhead display.
4.5.2.3. The carry on Portable Video Devices (e.g., Portable DVD Players or Video Cameras) can be viewed on seat or bulkhead
displays and listened to on the headphones and/or cabin speakers by connecting the NTSC and stereo analog outputs to the dedicated
carry-on audio/video ports attached to the VEE.
4.5.3. Source Equipment.
The baseline system consists of the source equipment is the Multi-region DVD player and the optional multi-disk CD changer.
The CES provides digital encoders (VEE) to allow the digital distribution of audio and video content. The CES supports video
source equipment with composite outputs. NTSC as well as PAL formats are supported by the CES encoders. These video source
equipment can have analog stereo or digital S/PDIF outputs. The CES supports the audio-only sources with analog stereo output.
The CES similarly supports the carry-on media players with outputs compatible with that of its permanently installed media player
with the exclusion of S/PDIF digital audio. In addition to local/manual controls, installed source equipment, can be controlled using
the MDSB serial bus to the RF-IR Interface Box from the ZDE. The operational control of source equipment can be accomplished
through the Galley TSE. The carry-on media players can be controlled using the local/manual controls.
4-43
4.5.4. Distribution.
All the audio and video content in the cabin is distributed digitally over the Ethernet LAN. The audio and/or video encoders transform
most of the analog source content into streams of digital data. Decoders transform the digital data back into appropriate formats to
drive the displays and headphones. All video streams (MPEG encoded) are decoded at the display box (TSEs and/or DTEs). This
eliminates the audio/video timing/synchronization problems (lip sync) of video source content distributed to different destinations
such as bulkhead displays and passenger seat headphones. The display boxes concurrently re-encode the audio content into PCM
stream and re-transmit the stream back onto the LAN. The PCM stream is routed to the appropriate ZDEs. The audio streams are
decoded at the ZDE. The ZDE generates an analog stereo output to drive the seat headphones and/or cabin/PA speaker amplifier(s).
The National Television System(s) Committee (NTSC) or Phase-Alternating Line (PAL) analog video and audio input is encoded by
the VEE into a MPEG-1 or MPEG-2 stream/channel and multicast onto the Ethernet LAN. The passengers, using the TSE controls,
can select and view any of these channels on the seat TSE. The passenger seat TSE decodes and shows the selected MPEG-1 or
MPEG-2 encoded video stream on the TSE display. The audio content of this video stream is converted into an analog signal and
concurrently re-encoded into a PCM audio stream and put back onto the Ethernet LAN for transmission to the designated ZDE. The
ZDE decodes and drives the appropriate seat headphone and/or cabin speaker amplifier. This method of video decoding eliminates
the A/V timing (sync) problem.
4.5.5. Encoders.
Refer to Figure 4-9 for the Video Encoder Equipment system schematic diagram. At a minimum, the types of content to be encoded
include:
• Multi-disc CD Changer audio
• SAT TV
• XM Radio
• Camera video
• Carry-on audio/video.
4.5.5.1. In order to meet the stated requirement of DVD quality video resolution, the source equipment video output is encoded
into MPEG-1 or MPEG-2 streams. The Video Encoding Equipment (VEE) support multiple compression schemes (MPEG-1 or
MPEG-2) and bit rates to best balance between quality and LAN bandwidth. The encoding rate is selectable from at least 1 Mbps to
12 Mbps. The nominal rate is approximated to be 5-6 Mbps. The DVD, VHS and VA audio content, analog stereo or digital S/PDIF,
is encoded into its associated video MPEG stream. Audio only source (e.g., CDs) stereo output is encoded into PCM streams. The
source equipment video/audio and audio only content is encoded by the VEE box. Both types of encoders (MPEG and PCM) are
combined into a single unit.
4.5.5.2. A single VEE provides eight channels of encoding. Four channels are audio only and four channels are audio and video.
The encoded outputs of the four audio and four video/audio channels are switched out onto a single Ethernet port for network con-
nectivity. The audio output of carry-on PEDs such as game boxes and laptops can be connected to the DTE audio input. The DTE
internal audio encoder digitizes these inputs into a PCM stream to the Ethernet LAN. The ZDE decodes these streams and drives the
appropriate headphones or cabin speakers. The composite video output of PEDs such as game boxes can be connected to the DTE
NTSC input. The internal circuitry of the DTE processes and then displays the content on the bulkhead display. The encoded streams
are multicast through the cabin. Each encoder functions as a multicast server. Users can access the entertainment control screens of
the TSE and/or PCU to determine the available selections. The user can then have the option of joining a specific multicast group.
4-44
Figure 4-9. Video Encoder Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 2)
4-45/(4-46 Blank)
Figure 4-9. Video Encoder Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2)
4-47/(4-48 Blank)
4.5.6. Decoders.
Refer to Figure 4-10 for the Digital Tapping Equipment (DTE) system schematic diagram. The system can decode both A/V MPEG-1
or MPEG-2 and audio only PCM or MP3 streams. The A/V MPEG decoders are integral to the TSE and DTE boxes. The TSE de-
coded video drives the passenger seat display. Each A/V MPEG decoder is capable of decoding the compression schemes and
bit rates supported by the MPEG encoders. Additionally, each MPEG decoder circuitry can PCM re-encode the audio stream and
re-transmit this stream to the appropriate ZDE locations. The audio PCM or MP3 decoders are integral to the ZDE boxes. Each de-
coder channel is capable of decoding a PCM or MP3 stream from the Ethernet LAN into a stereo analog output driving the passenger
headphone and/or entertainments amplifier. Each ZDE box is capable of decoding four audio streams and driving four headphones
or two headphones and two cabin speaker amplifiers. The two cabin speaker outputs are line-out equivalents of two of the headphone
outputs.
4-49/(4-50 Blank)
Figure 4-10. Data Tapping Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 2)
4-51/(4-52 Blank)
Figure 4-10. Data Tapping Equipment, System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2)
4-53/(4-54 Blank)
4.5.7. Moving Map.

The optional interactive moving map system is interactive on each display/monitor on which it is displayed. The baseline moving
map system is a non-interactive system which displays graphical map information with the aircraft position, flight plan, and textual
flight information. The map server, residing in the processing cabinet, hosts the moving map database. Changes in scaling and/or
position may result in large database fetches from the map server. The moving map requires basic aircraft parameters from the
avionics system. At a minimum, the CES obtains the parameters that follow:
• Position (latitude/longitude)
• Airspeed (indicated and true)
• Outside Air Temperature
• Altitude
• Ground Speed
• Distance To Destination
• Flight Plan (may be limited to departure, destination, and intermediate waypoints)
• Track
• Heading
• Time To Destination
• Time En Route.
4.5.8. Cameras.
The Tailfin camera system is optional. The CES provides display functions for the camera system. The CES provides MPEG en-
coding for the optional cameras. The camera video is distributed throughout the cabin digitally and available for viewing on any
TSE or bulkhead monitor in the same way that multicast streaming video is available.
4.5.9. Carry-On Games.
Each bulkhead monitor (forward and aft) in the cabin has a optional dedicated port available for connection of carry-on game devices.
This port allows direct connection of the game device to the bulkhead monitor in that zone. Direct connection of the game device is
necessary to avoid the inherent latencies that would be introduced by digital encoding and decoding. The direct connection provided
requires an NTSC signal source. A NTSC device could be connected to this port. Switching between a direct analog source and a
network source is done within the bulkhead monitor automatically and by using network commands. The bulkhead monitor provides
the NTSC, VGA, and Ethernet inputs and provides an NTSC or VGA output. Portable game device audio is treated in a similar
manner. Through the remote analog connections, the audio lines are connected directly to the bulkhead monitor. The bulkhead
monitor encodes the analog audio as a PCM stream which is then routed to the cabin speaker system or the passenger headset.
4.5.10. Satellite TV.
The CES includes as an option which is the Airshow Tailwind 100 (TW-300) satellite TV system. The TW-300 provides either
two-channels or four-channels of TV. The TV system is a stand-alone system with respect to aircraft installation.
4.5.10.1. A dedicated VEE is required to accommodate the TW-300. The VEE provides real-time encoding and subsequent multi-
casting of the TV channels. The TV channels are available for viewing in an identical manner as any other piece of source equipment.
The only difference is that instead of transport controls, the only controls associated with the TV system will be channel selection.
The TW-300 is a multi-region system with demonstrated performance in US, Europe, and the Middle East. Additional regions (e.g.,
Canada, Asia, South America) are expected to be available in the future. The TV receivers are controlled using an RS-485 bus
provided by the VEE.
4-55
4.6. AIRBORNE OFFICE.

Refer to Figure 4-11 for the Airborne Office block diagram. The Airborne Office function is intended to provide the user an equiv-
alent level of functionality as is commonly found in a modern office on the ground. The Airborne Office functions are divided into
the areas that follow:
• Local Area Network (LAN)
• Wireless Connectivity
• Fax/Printer/Scanner
• Off-Aircraft Connectivity
• Network Security
• VGA Equipment.
4-56
Figure 4-11. Airborne Office, Block Diagram
4-57/(4-58 Blank)
4.6.1. Local Area Network.

The CES provides a Local Area Network (LAN) in the cabin. The LAN uses the 10/100 Base T Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) as the network
media. The portable devices (Ethernet ready) connect to the LAN using the RJ-45 jacks. The RJ-45 jacks are connected to the Zone
Distribution Equipment. The LAN has sufficient bandwidth to allow up to 12 simultaneous users to do the functions that follow:
• View streaming video
• Listen to streaming audio
• Access to control display operations
• Access to the Internet/World Wide Web
• Access e-mail.
4.6.1.1. The LAN provides a sufficient number of ports to connect the maximum number of network devices expected for the
cabin.
4.6.2. Wireless Connectivity (Option).
The CES provides wireless connectivity to the LAN. The Wireless LAN Unit (WLU) provides wireless connectivity throughout the
aircraft cabin to devices that have a wireless capability that meets the regulatory and Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) standards. The WLU
has a 2.4 GHz wireless access point.
4.6.2.1. The WLU has an Ethernet bus connection to the number 2 ZDE. The WLU receives a discrete input from the number 2
ZDE. The WLU ENABLE DISC (ground/open) provides a ground discrete signal that enables the Wireless LAN Unit.
4.6.3. Fax/Printer/Scanner.
The CES supports a multifunction Fax/Printer/Scanner. The Fax/Printer/Scanner interfaces directly to the LAN for network access.
Incoming faxes are annunciated on the Galley TSE and the Cockpit Touch Screen Equipment (CTSE). The CES has an ARINC
429 (A429) interface to the aircraft datalink system to allow printing of ground uplinked flight information through the Aircraft
Communications Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) only when the flight compartment printer is not installed.
4.6.4. Off Aircraft Connectivity.
The CES provides the off-aircraft data connectivity using an International Maritime Satellite Organization (INMARSAT) Satellite
Communications (SATCOM) system. The SATCOM system provides the INMARSAT Swift64 service. The number 1 High-Speed
SATCOM Transceiver (HST) provides the 64 kbit/sec connection to the Internet/World Wide Web. The number 2 HST provides the
128 kbit/sec connection to the Internet/World Wide Web. The SATCOM system includes a CEPT-E1.
4.6.5. Network Security.
The LAN implements Network Address and Port Translation (NAPT) for all off-aircraft sessions to hide the actual address of the
user from the ground network. The LAN does not allow a connection to the airborne network from off the aircraft that is not initiated
from onboard the aircraft.
4.7. CABIN SERVICES.

Cabin services includes those functions that do not seem to fit into the other functional allocation groups. This includes the call
system, passenger notification system, and passenger briefing system.
4.7.1. Cabin Call System.
The cabin call system is primarily a software based system. Each integrated switch panel in the cabin and lavatories have a call
button. Activation of this switch causes a number of simultaneous events to occur including aural and visual alerts. On the Galley
TSE, a graphical representation shows the aircraft interior which highlights the area where the active call switch is located. An aural
chime is generated at the same time to inform the cabin attendant that the call light is active. The chime sounds in the galley only.
Also, the same graphical representation is automatically shown on the EFB.
4.7.2. Ordinance Notification.
Ordinance messages are very similar to the briefing messages. They differ from briefing messages in that the audio is very short
(e.g., two tone Hi/Lo chime) and the video is a static picture or text (e.g., seat belt picture).
4-59
4.7.3. Passenger Briefing System.

The Passenger Notification system informs passengers of important messages. The CES includes a passenger briefing system. This
system is capable of playing prerecorded audio and video passenger messages over the passenger address and video distribution
systems. The system uses both manual and automatic modes of operation.
At a minimum, the manual mode of operation is capable of the briefing messages that follow:
• Boarding briefing
• Safety briefing
• Take-off briefing
• Approach briefing
• Landing briefing.
The system is capable of supporting an automatic mode. The automatic mode includes the four ordinance sign related messages that
follow:
• The captain has turned on the seat belt sign.
• The captain has turned off the seat belt sign.
• The captain has turned on the no smoking sign.
• The captain has turned off the no smoking sign.
The briefings and ordinance symbols show on the bulkhead monitors. The ordinance video is a static picture or text (e.g., a picture
of a seat belt). The audio messages are heard over the cabin entertainment speakers, the galley speaker, and lavatory speakers. These
messages override the active entertainment video and audio streams. Briefing messages reside on and are controlled by the MME
in the processing cabinet. For video messages, the MME streams the video onto the network and the appropriate Bulkhead Monitor
are commanded to decode and show the stream. In turn, the Bulkhead Monitor decodes and encodes the audio portion for the video
and streams the audio onto the network. Refer to the Video System for details. Lastly, the appropriate ZDE are commanded to join
the associated audio stream and route the audio to the cabin entertainment speakers and cabin headphones. For audio messages, the
MME streams the audio onto the network and the appropriate ZDE are commanded to join the stream and route the audio to the
cabin entertainment speakers and cabin headphones. The MME controls the streaming of data. The briefing messages are activated
from the Galley TSE or EFB.
4-60
Figure 4-12. Passenger Notification, Block Diagram
4-61/(4-62 Blank)
4.8. CABIN UTILITIES.

Refer to Figure 4-13 for the Cabin Utility, Block Diagram. The CES provides control and display of the cabin utility functions.
Most of these subsystems are not directly Ethernet compatible. As a result, the CES provides a variety of interfaces to implement
the required control functions. The majority of analog interfaces are provided using the Relay Drive Equipment (RDE). However, a
number of the systems simply require an On/Off control.
The cabin utilities include the functions that follow:
• Cabin Temperature Control
• Door Control (local control only)
• Electric Window Shades
• Lighting System
• Ordinance Notification (monitors for display only)
• Oxygen System (monitors for audio mute only)
• Water System.
The galley TSE is the primary control for all cabin utilities. Limited control is also available on the control devices that follow:
• Cockpit Touch Screen Equipment
• MSL (Master Seat Location) TSE
• Non-MSL Switch Panel
• Pronto Remote Hand Held Unit
• Wireless Passenger Control Unit (WPCU).
4-63/(4-64 Blank)
Figure 4-13. Cabin Utility, Block Diagram
4-65/(4-66 Blank)
4.8.1. Relay Drive Equipment.

Refer to Figure 4-14 for the Relay Drive Equipment block diagram. Refer to Figure 4-15 for the Relay Drive Equipment system
schematic diagram. The Relay Drive Equipment (RDE) provides the switched relay and discrete ground or +28 V dc outputs to
control the cabin components in its associated zone. The RDE is controlled using the MDSB bus. The Zone Distribution Equipment
(ZDE) outputs an MDSB bus to connect the RDEs to the network.
4-67
Figure 4-14. Relay Drive Equipment, Block Diagram
4-68
Figure 4-15. Relay Drive Equipment, System Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
4-69/(4-70 Blank)
Figure 4-15. Relay Drive Equipment, System Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
4-71/(4-72 Blank)
523-0808269
CHAPTER 5
Maintenance
5.1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter provides instructions for routine display cleaning and operation of the system diagnostics for the Cabin Electronic Sys-
tem (CES). The diagnostics operate on normal airplane power and provide dynamic fault and fault history displays. The diagnostics
are used to isolate a failed Line Replacement Unit (LRU).
5.2. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE.

Maintenance is performed on condition. If faults are found, refer to The Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow trou-
bleshooting procedures to determine the fault.
5.2.1. Routine Display Cleaning.
Do not apply excessive pressure to the LCD display, damage to the display can result.
The LCD assembly and drivers are extremely susceptible to damage from Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). Precau-
tions should be taken at all times to make sure personnel and process equipment are prevented from accumulating
static charge levels that could damage these parts. This equipment includes, but is not limited to, the use of con-
ductive work surfaces, charge dissipative containers, and personnel wrist straps as defined by MIL-STD-1687.
Finger cots or gloves should be used whenever handling the LCD assembly to make sure protection from contam-
ination. Protective finger cots must be kept clean to prevent contaminating the LCD or other surfaces of the LCD
assembly. Replace finger cots or clean them following exposure to dirty or oily surfaces.
The LCD assembly should never be handled by the flex cables. Handle the LCD assembly by the glass to avoid
accidental damage. Do not handle the LCD assembly around the bond area where the flex cables are attached to
the LCD.
Do not apply any cleaning solution directly on the LCD glass surface. Do not clean the LCD glass surface with a
dry wiper. To do so may scratch the LCD glass.
Contamination protection: gloves shall be used whenever handling the LCD to make sure protection from con-
tamination. Care must be taken to keep the gloves clean. Contamination can result from touching the face or
other surfaces containing dirt and/or oil. Replace gloves or clean with alcohol following exposure to dirty or oily
surfaces.
When cleaning an LCD display, be careful not to damage the anti-reflective coating. Make sure that the cleaning
tissue/cloth is flat (not creased) to reduce pressure points that could cause streaking or damage the LCD filter
coating. If a cleaning cloth is used, make sure it is soft and lint-free. Some cloth materials can damage the LCD
filter coating.
Table 5-1. Cleaning and Handling Materials
REQUIRED MATERIALS COLLINS PART NUMBER (CPN)

Gliss'n optical glass cleaner CPN 001-0012-000
Watchcraft lens tissue CPN 056-0004-000
5-1
maintenance 523-0808269
Table 5-1. Cleaning and Handling Materials - Continued
Lint-free wiper CPN 074-1920-000 Bencotto #CT8 (recommended) or

equivalent
Vinyl gloves Recommended- Fisher Catalog No. 11-393 or equivalent
Finger cots 246-0230-020, -050, -060, -070, -080
The CES contains LRUs that have Liquid Crystal Displays (LCD). These displays should be routinely cleaned using the following
materials:
a. Stains, such as water spots, can be removed from the display by cleaning with deionized water, alcohol and acetone.
b. Apply deionized water or acetone to wiper and gently rub the LCD glass surface in a linear direction.
c. Surface dirt, oils, and lint etc should be removed from the LCD glass surface using any combination of deionized water, alcohol,
or acetone.
d. Apply the deionized water, alcohol, or acetone to a wiper and lightly wipe the surface of the display in a linear direction.
e. Residual lamination materials and adhesives, such as RTV Silicone, may not be removable using only alcohol. If these materials
are present on the display, repeat step (b) using acetone.
5.3. DATA BASE UPDATE PROCEDURE.

This paragraph includes instructions for loading the electronic charts data base and detailed procedural steps for loading the electronic
manuals files into the CESA-6000 Cabin Electronic System Application (CESA) software . The chart data bases are loaded into the
Processor/Mass Storage Equipment (PME) in the Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE). The manual files are loaded into the Moving
Map Equipment (MME) in the MCE. Each loading process is different.
5.3.1. Electronic Charts Data Base Update Tools.
The charts are loaded using the Rockwell Collins CPAS program using a process similar to loading the same charts data base in
the Integrated Flight Information System (IFIS) File Service Unit (FSU). The charts data base is obtained from Jeppesen. Refer to
the Collins CPAS-3000 Data Loader Operator’s Guide (CPN 523-0790386) for detailed Collins Portable Access Software (CPAS)
operation.
5.3.2. Electronic Charts Data Base Update.
The manuals files are copied into the Manuals folder of the MME using a Windows copy and paste process. The manuals files can be
any Adobe® PDF file required for the operation of the airplane. Most files are obtained from Bombardier for the specific airplane.
5.3.2.1. Charts data base Ordering Information. The charts data base requires a subscription with Jeppesen for the periodic
data base updates. Jeppesen provides the subscriber with a Subscription Number which must be entered into the Subscription Num-
ber field on the Status Subscription page. A subscription provides the customer with access to specific set(s) of regional charts. If
a customer requires additional coverage regions on an immediate basis they may contact Jeppesen for a Temporary Access Code
which can also be entered on the Status Subscription page.
5.3.2.1.1. Most files are obtained from Bombardier for the specific airplane. For Electronic Charts data base services, contact:
Jeppesen, 55 Inverness Drive, East Englewood, CO 80112-5498. The phone number is 800-621-5377 or 303-328-4244 or Fax to
303-328-4124. The web address is www.jeppesen.com. Allow 4-8 days for first delivery of the electronic charts data base. The
following information is required when ordering the charts subscription:
• Ask for Electronic Charts for the Rockwell Collins Pro Line 21 system.
• The Order Code for the desired coverage.
5.3.2.2. Enabling the Charts Data Base.
NOTE
The charts data base must be enabled on the right and left cockpit displays.
5-2
To get the charts data base ready, do the following:

a. After the charts data base has completed loading, press the Status button on the Electric Flight Bag (EFB) Main Menu.
b. When the Effectivity page is displayed, press the SUBSCRIPTIONS button on the bottom of the display.
c. With the focus indicator box around the subscription number, press the SEL button.
d. On the keyboard page, enter the Jeppesen subscription number and press ENTER.
e. The program activates the purchased subscription. This may take a few minutes.
f. After a few minutes, the subscription page returns with the purchased regions activated.
g. The Effectivity page should also display the activated regions.
h. Press the CHART button on the top of the Effectivity or Subscription page to bring up the CHARTS MAIN INDEX MENU
page, or press the MENU button and then press the CHARTS icon on the EFB Main Menu.
5.3.3. Electronic Manuals Update.
The electronic manual files can be any Adobe PDF file required for the operation of the airplane. Most files are obtained from
Bombardier for the specific airplane.
5.3.3.1. Electronic Manuals Data Load Equipment. Table 5-2 provides a list of equipment required to perform the software
loading. Equivalent equipment meeting the minimum requirements listed may be substituted. Cables unique to each LRU are in-
cluded in the applicable LRU section of this installation manual.
Table 5-2. Equipment Required for Loading Electronic Manuals.
ITEM MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

Personal computer At least a 600-MHz Pentium III processor (or equivalent), 128 Megabyte RAM and 10 Gigabyte hard
drive. The PC uses the Windows 98, ME, NT, 2000, or XP operating system (preferred). The PC must
have Ethernet capability, and hardware must support 100 Base-T.
The PC needs to contain the files for manuals, or have a CD drive for reading the manuals CD.
Data Loader Software Supports ARINC 615A loads for Ethernet based LRUs. ARINC 615A loads must be formatted per
ARINC 665 standards.
Cable Category 5 Straight-through Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors on both ends.
5.3.3.2. Electronic Manuals Data Base Loading Procedures. The load procedure for electronic manuals utilizes directory
sharing capabilities of the MME, so a PC connected to the CES network can access and perform administration tasks on files stored
on the MME. These administrative tasks are performed using the familiar Windows Explorer environment.
5.3.3.2.1. Set the Windows XP workstation to obtain an IP Address. There are multiple ways to do this:
• Refer to Figure 5-1. The Windows XP workstation can obtain an IP Address automatically using DHCP by making sure the
OBTAIN AN IP ADDRESS AUTOMATICALLY radio button is selected on the GENERAL tab of the INTERNET PROTOCOL
(TCP/IP) PROPERTIES window.
• An alternative way for the Windows XP workstation to obtain an IP Address is to use the command line NETSH command. Refer
to Figure 5-2. Start a command shell by entering CMD in the OPEN: text entry box on the RUN window. The RUN window is
located on the START Menu: START MENU > RUN.
5-3
Figure 5-1. Internet Protocol Categories
Figure 5-2. Run Window
5-4
a. From the Command Shell, enter IPCONFIG /ALL to identify the network ports available on the PC. Refer to Paragraph 5.3.3.3.
If the PC has more then one network connection available, determine the connection to the CES system by unplugging, the
network cable and running the IPCONFIG /ALL command. When a network connection is disabled due to the cable being
unplugged the IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway will not be available for the displayed.
b. Once the network connection to the CES system is determined, set the connection up to use DHCP by entering the following
NETSH command (replace the text between the quotes with the network connection name identified in the IPCONFIG listing):
NETSH INTERFACE IP SET ADDRESS NAME= "LOCAL AREA CONNECTION 3" SOURCE=DHCP. Refer to Paragraph
5.3.3.3 for screen print outs of IPCONFIG and NETSH commands.
c. Connect Windows XP bases workstation to the CES system using an Ethernet straight through cable.
d. Open Windows Explorer from the window start menu.
e. Go to START MENU > RUN. Enter EXPLORER.EXE in the OPEN: text entry box on the RUN window.
f. Enter the IP address and the directory MANUALS of each installed MME on the Address line. Ensure two back slashes
precede the IP address (e.g., \\10.145.3.1\MANUALS or \\10.146.3.1\MANUALS). The IP address can be verified by using
NSLOOKUP with MME1.CES and AVODMANAGER.AIRCRAFT.CES. The following is an example of output from the
NSLOOKUP command, which is run from the command prompt:
C:\>nslookup mme1.ces
Server: tftp.ces
Address: 10.146.2.2
Name: mme1.ces
Address: 10.145.3.1
C:\>nslookup avodmanager.aircraft.ces
Server: pme2.aircraft.ces
Address: 10.146.2.2
Non-authoritative answer:
Name: avodmanager.aircraft.ces
Address: 10.146.3.1
g. Refer to Figure 5-3. Either drag and drop or copy and paste can be utilized to get files from the PC to the manuals directory on
the MME.
5-5
Figure 5-3. Windows Explorer
5.3.3.3. Electronic Manuals IPCONFIG Output. Screen outputs of the IPCONFIG command follow. These are used to deter-
mine which port is connected to the CES system with multiple network ports.
• Output if two ports are connected:
C:\>ipconfig /all
Windows IP Configuration
Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . : CRL01158

Primary Dns Suffix . . . . . . . :
Node Type . . . . . . . . . . . . : Peer-Peer
IP Routing Enabled. . . . . . . . : No
WINS Proxy Enabled. . . . . . . . : No
DNS Suffix Search List. . . . . . : rockwellcollins.com
Ethernet adapter CCANET:
Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : rockwellcollins.com

Description . . . . . . . . . . . : 3Com 3C920 Integrated
Fast Ethernet Controller (3C905C-TX Compatible) #2
Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-06-5B-2A-E1-5B
Dhcp Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes
Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes
IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.175.24
Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.175.249
DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.64.73
DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.64.71
131.198.67.175
5-6
Primary WINS Server . . . . . . . : 131.198.69.250

Secondary WINS Server . . . . . . : 131.198.184.250
Lease Obtained. . . . . . . . . . : Thursday, December 29,
2005 11:27:43 PM
Lease Expires . . . . . . . . . . : Thursday, January 19,
2006 11:27:43 PM
Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection 3:
Connection-specific DNS Suffix . :

Description . . . . . . . . . . . : 3Com 3C905TX-based Ethernet
Adapter (Generic) #2
Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-10-4B-73-B6-90
Dhcp Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : No
IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 10.146.128.1
Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.240.0.0
Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . :
DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 10.144.0.254
• Output if one port disconnected (Local Area Connection 3):

C:\>ipconfig /all
Windows IP Configuration
Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . : CRL01158

Primary Dns Suffix . . . . . . . :
Node Type . . . . . . . . . . . . : Peer-Peer
IP Routing Enabled. . . . . . . . : No
WINS Proxy Enabled. . . . . . . . : No
DNS Suffix Search List. . . . . . : rockwellcollins.com
Ethernet adapter CCANET:
Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : rockwellcollins.com

Description . . . . . . . . . . . : 3Com 3C920 Integrated
Fast Ethernet Controller (3C905C-TX Compatible) #2
Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-06-5B-2A-E1-5B
Dhcp Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes
Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes
IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.175.24
Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.175.249
DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.64.73
DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 131.198.64.71
131.198.67.175
Primary WINS Server . . . . . . . : 131.198.69.250
Secondary WINS Server . . . . . . : 131.198.184.250
Lease Obtained. . . . . . . . . . : Thursday, December 29,
2005 11:27:43 PM
Lease Expires . . . . . . . . . . : Thursday, January 19,
2006 11:27:43 PM
Ethernet
adapter Local Area Connection 3:
5-7
Media State . . . . . . . . . . . : Media disconnected

Description . . . . . . . . . . . : 3Com 3C905TX-based Ethernet
Adapter (Generic) #2
Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-10-4B-73-B6-90
• Using NETSH to set a network port to be dynamically assigned an IP:
C:\>netsh interface ip set address name= "Local Area Connection 3" source=dhcp
Ok.
5-8
5.4. TEST/TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT.

Internal diagnostics test of the Cabin Electronic System requires no additional test equipment.
5.4.1. Power Requirements.
All power required to do the system tests and troubleshooting is provided by the airplane in which the system is installed.
5.5. DIAGNOSTIC DESCRIPTION.

Built-in system diagnostics monitor the reporting LRUs in the Cabin Electronic System. The diagnostics show both dynamic status
reports and recorded fault history logs. The following paragraphs describe the various diagnostic functions. Use these diagnostics
to test and troubleshoot the Cabin Electronic System. The technician should become familiar with the capabilities of the diagnostic
system before starting the LRU fault isolation procedures provided later in this manual. The Galley Touch Screen Equipment (TSE)
serves as the main CES built-in test and diagnostic interface.
5.5.1. Maintenance Main Menu.
To enter diagnostics, do the steps that follow:
a. Touch the MAINTENANCE content category, on the top line of the galley TSE, to show the MAINTENANCE page. The
MAINTENANCE page has the buttons that follow:
• STATUS
• DIAGNOSTIC
• HST
• SYSTEM
• MISC
• MESSAGES.
b. Touch the STATUS button to show the STATUS page. The STATUS screen shows a high-level Go/No Go status of the cabin
systems and components.
c. Touch the DIAGNOSTIC button to show the DIAGNOSTIC page. The DIAGNOSTIC screens provide more detailed mainte-
nance and diagnostic information. The FAULTS, COMMANDS, and CONFIG screens are available. The screens are intended
for use by maintenance personnel to evaluate the system and diagnose any problems. Information from the diagnostics screens
can be printed with the onboard computer.
d. Touch the HST button to show the HST page. The High Speed SATCOM Transceiver (HST) maintenance screens allow the
cabin crew to configure the Off Aircraft Communications settings.
e. Touch the SYSTEM button to show the SYSTEM log-in page. The CES operations and configurations that require the expertise
of a maintenance technician are accessed by a password protected log-in screen. The password is typed into the password field
using the touch screen keyboard. Once a valid password has been entered, the SYSTEM subscreens become available. Selecting
another content category causes an automatic logout.
f. Touch the MISC. button to show Master Seat Location and assignment and the Screen Calibration option.
g. Touch the MESSAGES button to show the system messages.
5-9
5.5.2. STATUS Page.

Refer to Figure 5-4 The Maintenance STATUS page shows a high-level Go/No Go status of the cabin systems and components. The
system status display shows the status of LRUs in the CES System. Initially the display shows only those LRUs that are either INOP
or NOT AVAILABLE. The LRUs are sorted alphabetically grouped by failure status. The possible system statuses are INOP, NOT
AVAILABLE, or OK.
Figure 5-4. MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page
5.5.2.1. Refer to Figure 5-5. Touch the VIEW ALL button to show all of the LRUs sorted alphabetically grouped by failure status.
a. Touch the PAGE up/down buttons to show the Go/No Go status of more LRUs. The page number shows between the PAGE
up/down buttons.
b. Touch the REFRESH button to update the LRU messages on the FAULTS page.
5-10
Figure 5-5. MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page, VIEW ALL
5.5.2.2. Refer to Figure 5-6. Touch the SEAT MAP button to show the CABIN SEAT LOCATION MAP. The map shows the
cabin configuration with the seats numbered.
5-11
Figure 5-6. MAINTENANCE Category, STATUS Page, SEAT MAP
5-12
5.5.3. DIAGNOSTIC Page.

The DIAGNOSTIC page provides more detailed information from the Central Maintenance and Diagnostic function. These pages
are intended for use by the maintenance personnel to evaluate the system and diagnose any problems. The information from the
FAULTS, COMMANDS, and CONFIG subscreens pages may be printed on the printer/scanner/fax. The DIAGNOSTIC page has
the tabbed subscreens that follow:
• FAULTS
CURRENT
DETAILS
VARIABLES
ADDITIONAL
HISTORY
DETAILS
VARIABLES
ADDITIONAL
• COMMANDS
• CONFIG.
5-13
5.5.3.1. FAULTS CURRENT Page. Refer to Figure 5-7. The FAULTS/CURRENT tab page shows a list of currently non-
functioning LRUs. These data fields show the names of each malfunctioning LRU, the LRU status message, and the diagnosed fault
message.
5.5.3.1.1. The LRU field names the LRU that is currently diagnosed as nonfunctional. Each LRU is a probable failed LRU, but
look at the status field before taking any action. The status field shows the messages that follow:
• FAILED
• FAILED/WIRING
• OFF/NO OUTPUT
• OVERHEAT
• LRU OK/INFO
• DEFERRED MAINT
• MAINTENANCE.
5.5.3.1.2. The FAILED condition means that the diagnostics suspect a LRU failure and replace this LRU with a known good LRU.
The FAILED/WIRING condition means that the diagnostics suspect a LRU or wiring failure and test the wiring before replacing
this LRU. The OFF/NO OUTPUT condition means that no diagnostic words are received from that LRU and make sure that power
is input to the LRU before taking further action. The OVERHEAT condition means that a LRU is overheating and make sure the
fan/cooling system for that LRU is operating. The LRU OK/INFO condition means the LRU is good and message shows on the
diagnostic page to record an event. The DEFERRED MAINT condition means the LRU is good, but maintenance such as replacing
a low battery will soon be required. The MAINTENANCE condition means the LRU requires maintenance.
5.5.3.1.3. The fault message field presents a plain English description of the problem.
a. Touch the PAGE up/down buttons to show the previous or next page. The page number shows between the PAGE up/down
buttons.
b. Touch the LINE up/down buttons to move the highlighted line up or down on the page.
c. Touch the REFRESH button to update the LRU messages on the FAULTS page.
d. Touch the SHOW DETAILS button to show the DETAILS page. Refer to Figure 5-9.
5-14
Figure 5-7. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS/CURRENT Tab
5-15
5.5.3.2. FAULTS HISTORY Page. Refer to Figure 5-8. The FAULTS/HISTORY tab page shows a list of the LRU fault entries
that have been shown on the FAULTS/CURRENT page. The LRU fault entries show when a fault is diagnosed. Each LRU fault
entry contains the name of the LRU that was defective during the flight or flight leg. The LRU fault entry also contains the time and
date of the failure, status, and fault message.
5.5.3.2.1. The LRU field gives the name of the LRU that was found defective. Each LRU shown is a possible LRU failure, but
personnel must look at the STATUS field before corrective action is done. The status field shows the messages that follow:
• FAILED
• FAILED/WIRING
• OFF/NO OUTPUT
• OVERHEAT
• LRU OK/INFO
• DEFERRED MAINT
• MAINTENANCE.
5.5.3.2.2. The FAILED condition means that the diagnostics suspect a LRU failure and replace this LRU with a known good LRU.
The FAILED/WIRING condition means that the diagnostics suspect a LRU or wiring failure and test the wiring before replacing
this LRU. The OFF/NO OUTPUT condition means that no diagnostic words are received from that LRU and make sure that power
is input to the LRU before taking further action. The OVERHEAT condition means that a LRU is overheating and make sure the
fan/cooling system for that LRU is operating. The LRU OK/INFO condition means the LRU is good and the message shows on the
diagnostic page to record an event. The DEFERRED MAINT condition means the LRU is good, but maintenance such as replacing
a low battery will soon be required. The MAINTENANCE condition means the LRU requires maintenance. The fault message field
presents a plain English description of the problem. The DATE/TIME line is a list of the date and time the faults occurred.
a. Touch the PAGE up/down buttons to show the previous or next page.
b. Touch the LINE up/down buttons to move highlighted line up or down on the page.
c. Touch the CLEAR button to delete the LRU fault history from the HISTORY page.
d. Touch the REFRESH button to update the LRU messages on the FAULTS page.
e. Touch the SHOW DETAILS button to show the DETAILS page. Refer to Figure 5-9.
5-16
Figure 5-8. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS/HISTORY Tab
5-17
5.5.3.2.3. Fault Details Page. Refer to Figure 5-9. On the FAULTS/CURRENT or FAULTS/HISTORY page, move the high-
light line to the desired LRU and touch the SHOW DETAILS button to show the DETAILS page. The DETAILS page shows the
LRU fault entry with additional information. The LRU fault entry contains the name of the LRU, status, EQUATION ID number,
fault message, logic equation, and a fault message explanation.
5.5.3.2.4. The EQUATION ID line shows the equation number. The logic equation lines show the terms that were used to detect the
fault. The equation must be true to show the fault message. The EQUATION ID line shows the equation number. The logic equation
lines show the terms that were used to detect the fault. The equation must be true to show the fault message. The fault message
field shows a plain English description of the problem. Refer to the Fault Isolation Manual 523-0808242 and follow troubleshooting
procedures to determine the fault. The DATE/TIME line is a list of the date and time the faults occurred.
a. Touch the REFRESH button to update the LRU message on the DETAILS page.
b. Touch the HIDE DETAILS button to return to the previous FAULTS page.
Figure 5-9. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, DETAILS Tab
5-18
5.5.3.2.5. Fault Variables Page. Refer to Figure 5-10. On the FAULTS/CURRENT or FAULTS/HISTORY page, move the
highlight line to the desired LRU and touch the SHOW DETAILS button to show the DETAILS page. Touch the VARIABLES tab
to show the VARIABLES page. The VARIABLES page shows the LRU name, status, EQUATION ID number, fault message, and
the logic of the terms used in the logic equation.
b. Touch the REFRESH button to update the LRU message on the VARIABLES page.
c. Touch the HIDE DETAILS button to return to the previous FAULTS page.
Figure 5-10. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, VARIABLES Tab
5-19
5.5.3.2.6. Fault Additional Page. Refer to Figure 5-11. On the FAULTS/CURRENT or FAULTS/HISTORY page, move the
highlight line to the desired LRU and touch the SHOW DETAILS button to show the DETAILS page. Touch the ADDITIONAL tab
to show the ADDITIONAL page. The ADDITIONAL page shows the LRU name, status, EQUATION ID number, fault message,
and any additional information about the fault equation.
b. Touch the REFRESH button to update the LRU message on the ADDITIONAL page.
c. Touch the HIDE DETAILS button to return to the previous FAULTS page.
Figure 5-11. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, FAULTS, ADDITIONAL Tab
5-20
5.5.3.3. COMMANDS Page. Refer to Figure 5-12. The COMMANDS page shows the event log of system commands and the
results that were logged by the Central Maintenance System. Each command entry contains the name of the command, the date, and
time.
b. Touch the REFRESH button to update the commands on the COMMANDS page.
c. Touch the PRINT button to print the COMMANDS page.
d. Touch the CLEAR button to delete the COMMANDS from the COMMANDS page.
Figure 5-12. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, COMMANDS Tab
5-21
5.5.3.4. CONFIG Page. Refer to Figure 5-13. The CONFIG tab shows the application software file names and the part numbers.
b. Touch the PRINT button to print the CONFIG page.
Figure 5-13. MAINTENANCE Category, DIAGNOSTIC Page, CONFIG Tab
5-22
5.5.4. HST Page.

Refer to Figure 5-14. The HST screens allow the cabin crew to configure OFF AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATIONS settings. The
HST page has the tabbed subscreens that follow:
• MAIN SETUP
• DUAL SETUP
• ACCESS.
5.5.4.1. MAIN SETUP Page. The MAIN SETUP screen has the CONNECTION SETUP and OFF AIRCRAFT COMMUNI-
CATION control functions.
a. Refer to Figure 5-15. Touch the CONNECTION TYPE button to toggle between CIRCUIT MODE and PACKET connections.
The SERVICE NAME/DIAL UP NUMBER shows the entered service name or dial up number. The SERVICE NAME/DIAL
UP NUMBER shows MPDS for a PACKET type connection.
Figure 5-14. MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, PACKET
5-23
Figure 5-15. MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, CIRCUIT MODE
b. Refer to Figure 5-16. Touch the KEYBOARD button to show a screen keyboard to use for data entry. Touch the keyboard
CAPS LOCK key to toggle between the upper and lower case letters. The number keys show with the lower case alphabet keys.
5-24
Figure 5-16. MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, MAIN SETUP Tab, KEYBOARD
5-25
5.5.4.2. DUAL SETUP Page.

a. Refer to Figure 5-17. Touch the DUAL SETUP tab to show the HST DUAL SETUP page.
b. Touch the OFF AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION button to toggle between enable/disable. The STATUS display shows the
condition of the OFF AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION through the high-speed datalink. The possible STATUS conditions
follow:
• DISABLED - datalink disabled
• CONNECTED - datalink enabled and in use
• DISCONNECTED - datalink enabled and not in use.
c. The SERVICE NAME/DIAL UP NUMBER shows the entered service name or dial up number. The BANDWIDTH THRESH-
OLD shows connection threshold in percentage. The THRESHOLD TIMEOUT shows the connection time-out in seconds.
d. Touch the KEYBOARD button to show a screen keyboard to use for data entry. Touch the keyboard CAPS LOCK key to toggle
between the upper and lower case letters. The number keys show with the lower case alphabet keys.
Figure 5-17. MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, DUAL SETUP Tab
5-26
5.5.4.3. ACCESS Page.

a. Refer to Figure 5-18. Touch the ACCESS tab to show the HST ACCESS page. The ACCESS page sets the USERNAME AND
PASSWORD for the SATCOM service.
b. Touch the KEYBOARD button to show a screen keyboard to use for data entry. Touch the keyboard CAPS LOCK key to toggle
between the upper and lower case letters. The number keys show with the lower case alphabet keys.
c. Touch the USERNAME data entry field and enter the user name using the KEYBOARD. Press the RETURN button to save
changes to the data entry field.
d. Touch the PASSWORD data entry field and enter the password using the KEYBOARD. Press the RETURN button to save
changes to the data entry field. Touch the ENTER button to enter the password.
Figure 5-18. MAINTENANCE Category, HST Page, ACCESS Tab
5-27
5.5.5. SYSTEM Page.

Refer to Figure 5-19. The CES system operations and configurations that require the expertise of a maintenance technician or Rock-
well Collins service center personnel are accessed by a password protected log-in screen. The password (123456) is typed in the
password field using the screen keyboard and input to the system using the LOG-IN pushbutton. Selecting another content cate-
gory causes an automatic log-out. Selecting another MAINTENANCE category and returning to SYSTEM does not require another
log-in. Once a valid password has been entered into the SYSTEM LOG-IN screen, the SYSTEM subscreens show on the display.The
SYSTEM page has the tabbed subscreens that follow:
• LIGHT
• ENTERTAINMENT
• CES.
Figure 5-19. MAINTENANCE Category, SYSTEM LOGIN Page
5-28
5.5.5.1. LIGHT Page. The LIGHT page allows the cabin crew to change and set the power up values of cabin lighting. The
LIGHT page also allows the cabin crew ability to rename the color of the lights. Refer to Figure 5-20 and Figure 5-21 for the airplane
configuration type screen.
Figure 5-20. MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, UPPER and LOWER Configuration Tab
5-29
Figure 5-21. MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, FWD and AFT Configuration Tab
5.5.5.1.1. Refer to Figure 5-22. Touch any SELECT LIGHTS TO SET POWER UP DEFAULT VALUE button fields to set the
corresponding value. Touch the up/down arrows to adjust the DEFAULT VALUE to desired value. Touch the X button to exit SET
POWER UP DEFAULT VALUE button field and return to the LIGHT page.
5-30
Figure 5-22. MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, SET POWER UP DEFAULT VALUE Adjustment
5.5.5.1.2. Refer to Figure 5-23. Touch the COLOR NAMES CHANGE button to access the Color Names Change page. Touching
the desired color name allows editing of corresponding color name field using the displayed keyboard. Touch the SAVE button to
save all changes and then touch the X button to return to LIGHT page.
5-31
Figure 5-23. MAINTENANCE Category, LIGHT Page, CHANGE COLOR NAMES
5-32
5.5.5.2. ENTERTAINMENT Page. Refer to Figure 5-24. The ENTERTAINMENT page has two CUSTOM AUDIO PRESET
CONFIGURATIONS. Touch the BASS, MID, or TREB up/down arrows to move the slider bar. When the desired levels are set,
touch the SAVE button to store the CUSTOM PRESET levels.
Figure 5-24. MAINTENANCE Category, ENTERTAINMENT Page, CUSTOM AUDIO Tab
5-33
5.5.5.3. CES Page. Refer to Figure 5-25. The Cabin Electronic System (CES) page allows the maintenance personnel to see
the input/output activity in the Modular Cabinet Equipment (MCE). The DISCRETE STATUS shows the status of the 16 discrete
inputs and the 16 discrete outputs. The DISCRETE STATUS shows green when the discrete is asserted.
Figure 5-25. MAINTENANCE Category, CES Page, MCE Tab
5-34
5.5.6. MISCELLANEOUS Page.

Refer to Figure 5-26. Touch the SELECT MASTER SEAT graphic to assign master seat. Touch the CALIBRATION button to
calibrate touch screen function.
Figure 5-26. MAINTENANCE Category, MISC. Page, SELECT MASTER SEAT
5-35
5.5.7. MESSAGES Page.

Refer to Figure 5-27. The MESSAGES screen shows system messages that can be selected for display on screens as the event occurs.
The selectable events are as follows:
• INCOMING FAX
• CHECK CONFIG
• CHECK MAINTENANCE.
Touch each white box to add or remove check mark of each selection. Touch SELECT ALL button to select all messages. Touch
DELETE to delete all messages from the selected field.
Figure 5-27. MAINTENANCE Category, MESSAGES Page, MESSAGES
5-36
5.6. HIGH LEVEL TROUBLESHOOTING.

5.6.1. Fault Isolation Setup Conditions.
Before starting the fault isolation, set up the conditions that follow:
a. The cabin system power-on procedure is correctly followed.
b. Make sure that all related airplane circuit breakers are in and CES power is ON.
c. The IRS must be aligned for SAT TV operation.
d. The FMS initialized and a flight plan is entered (if troubleshooting Moving Map problems).
e. The airplane is outside the hangar (for SATCOM, Iridium, and SAT-TV problems).
f. Make sure there are no messages on the MAINTENANCE STATUS page, or any messages that remain have known causes.
g. The oxygen system mode is set to off.
h. Make sure the Oxygen Test switch in the cockpit is not set.
i. Make sure the water tank is filled and catch basins are in place before troubleshooting water system.
j. Make sure the correct CES software is loaded. Look at the MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC screen CONFIG tab for the
software part numbers.
5.6.2. Cabin Symptom - Black CTSE.
Make sure the problem is only with one or more than one Cockpit Touch Screen Equipment (CTSE).
5.6.2.1. If airplane is equipped with one CTSE (copilot-side) then do as follows:
NOTE
Make sure CTSE is not dimmed 100%.
a. Look for a CTSE message on the galley TSE MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC screen and refer to the related troubleshooting
procedure.
b. Look for a DTE 4 message on the galley TSE MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC screen and refer to the related troubleshooting
procedure.
c. Make sure the CTSE power and wiring between the DTE 2 and CTSE airplane connector is correct.
d. If power and wiring is correct, remove and replace the CTSE.
5.6.2.2. If airplane is equipped with two CTSE, then do the steps as follows:
NOTE
Make sure CTSE is not dimmed 100%.
a. Look for a CTSE message on the galley TSE MAINTENANCE page and refer to the related troubleshooting procedure.
b. Look for a DTE message on the galley TSE MAINTENANCE page and refer to the related troubleshooting procedure (DTE 2
for RH CTSE, DTE 1 for LH CTSE).
c. If there are no DTE messages, go to the next step.
d. Pull out the CB for CTSE 1 and CTSE 2.
e. Swap the connector J2 between DTE 2 and DTE 1.
f. Push in the CB for CTSE 1 and CTSE 2.
g. Make sure the problem has moved to the other side.
h. If problem has changed sides, remove the failed DTE and install a serviceable DTE.
i. If problem did not change sides, go to the next step.
5-37
j. Make sure the CTSE power and wiring between the DTE and the CTSE connector is correct.
k. If wiring test is good, remove the failed CTSE and install a serviceable CTSE.
5.6.3. Cabin Symptom - Call Inoperative.
Refer to the Cabin Symptom - Switch Problems Troubleshooting Procedures. Refer to Paragraph 5.6.20.
5.6.4. Cabin Symptom - CTSE Out of Calibration.
The CTSE is out of calibration when the user selects a button and another button function shows on the screen. The user calibrates
the CTSE with the MAINTENANCE>MISC>SETUP>BEGIN TOUCHSCREEN CALIBRATION buttons. Carefully follow the
instructions on the CTSE screen. If a mistake is made, pull and reset the CTSE circuit breaker, and calibration will not be saved. If
the user can not reach the CALIBRATE TSE button, then the CTSE is out of calibration.
a. Pull and reset the CTSE circuit breaker.
b. If unable to calibrate the CTSE, replace DTE.
5.6.5. Cabin Symptom - CTSE Power ON and Stuck at Waiting Network Configuration.
Look for a DTE message on the galley TSE MAINTENANCE page and refer to the related troubleshooting procedure (DTE 2 for
RH CTSE, DTE 1 for LH CTSE).
5.6.6. Cabin Symptom - Ethernet Jack Inoperative (No Connection with Laptop to CES).
Make sure problem is only with the RJ-45 Ethernet jack.
a. Test the other RJ-45 Ethernet jacks connected to the same ZDE as the non-operational RJ-45 Ethernet jack.
b. If none of the RJ-45 Ethernet jacks connected to the ZDE are operational, then remove the ZDE and install a serviceable ZDE.
c. If the other RJ-45 Ethernet jacks are operational, make sure the wiring between the ZDE and RJ-45 Ethernet jack is correct.
d. If the wiring is correct, then replace the RJ-45 Ethernet jack.
5.6.7. Cabin Symptom - No AFT Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin.
Troubleshoot a No AFT Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin problem as follows:
a. Power up the Cabin Electronics System. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
b. Play a video on the Bulkhead Monitor.
c. Select the same Bulkhead Monitor on the Cabin Speakers.
d. Touch the ENTERTAINMENT category on the top row of the galley touch screen.
e. Touch the SETTINGS button on the left side of the galley touch screen.
f. Touch the AUDIO tab and select the Aft Bulkhead Monitor.
g. If the Cabin Speakers do not make sound, then test the signal path to the ZDE number 3.
h. On a headset connected to ZDE number 3, select the Aft Bulkhead Monitor as the audio source.
i. If the audio is present, this indicates the ZDE has a good Ethernet input (with PCM audio).
j. Look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE PCM audio decoder failure. If present, replace the ZDE number 3.
k. Disconnect the ZDE number 3 mating connector and test the stereo amplifier audio wires for open or short to ground.
5.6.8. Cabin Symptom - No FWD Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin.
Troubleshoot a No FWD Bulkhead Monitor Audio in Cabin problem as follows:
b. Play a video on the bulkhead monitor.
c. Select the same bulkhead monitor on the cabin speakers.
d. Touch the ENTERTAINMENT category on the top row of the galley touch screen.
e. Touch the SETTINGS button on the left side of the galley touch screen.
5-38
f. Touch the AUDIO tab and select the Forward Bulkhead Monitor.
g. If the cabin speakers do not make sound, then test the signal path to the ZDE number 1.
h. On a headset connected to ZDE number 1, select the Forward Bulkhead Monitor as the audio source.
i. If the audio is present, this indicates the ZDE has a good Ethernet input (with PCM audio).
j. Look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE PCM audio decoder failure. If present, replace the ZDE number 1.
k. Disconnect the ZDE number 1 mating connector and test the stereo amplifier audio wires for open or short to ground.
5.6.9. Cabin Symptom - No Audio in Headset.
Troubleshoot a No Audio in Headset problem as follows:
b. Play a video on the bulkhead monitor.
c. Select the same bulkhead monitor on the failed headset and another headset in the same zone.
NOTE
Noise-cancelling headsets have an ON/OFF switch and a battery. Make sure the headset is turned on and has a
good battery.
d. Audio present in one headset and absent in the other headset indicates the ZDE has a good Ethernet input (with PCM audio)
from the MCE.
e. Swap the headsets. If the failure follows the headset, then replace the failed headset.
f. If the headset swap does not correct the fault, look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE audio failure. If present, replace the ZDE.
g. Make sure the headset jack does not contain foreign objects and the headset plug is fully seated into the jack.
h. Disconnect the ZDE mating connector and test the headset audio wires for open or short to ground.
i. Audio absent in both headsets indicates a failed ZDE or the source equipment audio is not encoded.
j. Select the same bulkhead monitor on a headset in another seat. If the source equipment can be heard, this indicates the source
equipment is serviceable.
k. Look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE failure. If present, replace the ZDE.
l. Watch a video on the local seat Touch Screen Equipment (TSE) and no audio heard in headset.
m. Look at the TSE diagnostics for a TSE audio failure. If present, replace the TSE. The TSE decodes the MPEG stream into video
and audio. The TSE encodes the audio to PCM and outputs to the ZDE.
n. Look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE audio failure. If present, replace the ZDE. The ZDE decodes the PCM and outputs the
analog audio signal to the headset.
5.6.10. Cabin Symptom - No Moving Map.
Troubleshoot a No Moving Map problem as follows:
b. Make sure a flight plan is active in the FMS.
c. Touch the AIRSHOW category on the top row of the galley TSE.
d. Touch the MAPS button on the left side of the galley TSE.
e. If the Airshow Map function does not work, then reload the software for the Airshow function.
f. If the Airshow Map function does not work after the software reload, then replace the MME.
5.6.11. Cabin Symptom - No Satellite TV Available on Monitors and Touch Screens.
Make sure the problem is only a No Satellite TV on Monitors and Touch Screens problem.
5-39
a. On the galley TSE, select ENTERTAINMENT>SAT TV>Select a SAT TV for the region you are currently (in the US, select
a US receiver).
b. Make sure the top bar shows the receiver number.
c. If no receiver information shows, make sure the RDU power LED is turned on, the IN Region LED is turned on, and the airplane
Inertial Reference System (IRS) must be aligned.
d. If no power to RDU, reset the RDU/Enc circuit breaker. Test the circuit breaker and power wiring.
e. If the power to the RDU is present. Test the video wiring between the RDUs and the VEE.
f. If wiring is good, continue troubleshooting to RDU and/or VEE.
g. On the GTSE select ENTERTAINMENT>SAT TV>GUIDE.
h. Make sure the receiver GUIDE shows on the GTSE preview screen. Make sure the channel changes from with the arrow
controls and the keypad.
i. If the receiver GUIDE does not show, make sure the RS-485 control bus between the RDU 1 and the VEE is operational.
j. If Satellite TV is not available, refer to the SAT TV TW-300 Installation Manual.
5.6.12. Cabin Symptom - No Video on Aft Bulkhead Monitor.
Troubleshoot a No Video on Aft Bulkhead Monitor problem as follows:
b. Play a video on the aft bulkhead monitor.
c. Touch the ENTERTAINMENT category on the top row of the galley TSE.
d. Touch the SETTINGS button on the left side of the galley TSE.
e. Make sure the monitor POWER button shows ON.
f. Select a video source.
g. If the aft bulkhead monitor is blank, suspect the audio to PCM and outputs to the ZDE.
h. Look at the DTE number 2 diagnostics for a DTE failure. If present, replace the DTE number 2.
i. Make sure the Ethernet wiring to ZDE number 3 is good.
j. Select the video source on a TSE connected to ZDE number 3. If the video shows, then the ZDE number 3 is good.
k. Look at the ZDE number 3 diagnostics for a ZDE failure. If present, replace the ZDE number 3.
l. If the DTE and ZDE diagnostics do not show a failure, then replace the aft bulkhead monitor.
5.6.13. Cabin Symptom - No Video on Forward Bulkhead Monitor.
Troubleshoot a No Video on Forward Bulkhead Monitor problem as follows:
a. Power up the Cabin Electronics System. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
b. Play a video on the forward bulkhead monitor.
c. Touch the ENTERTAINMENT category on the top row of the galley TSE.
d. Touch the SETTINGS button on the left side of the galley TSE.
e. Touch the FWD BULKHEAD tab on the galley TSE.
f. Make sure the monitor POWER button shows ON.
g. Select a video source.
h. If the forward bulkhead monitor is blank, suspect the audio to PCM and outputs to the ZDE.
i. Look at the DTE number 1 diagnostics for a DTE failure. If present, replace the DTE number 1.
j. Make sure the Ethernet wiring to ZDE number 1 is good.
k. Select the video source on a TSE connected to ZDE number 1. If the video shows, then the ZDE number 1 is serviceable.
5-40
l. Look at the ZDE number 1 diagnostics for a ZDE failure. If present, replace the ZDE number 1.
m. If the DTE and ZDE diagnostics do not show a failure, then replace the forward bulkhead monitor.
5.6.14. Cabin Symptom - No Video on Touch Screen Equipment.
The touch screen is blank but the audio can be heard. Troubleshoot as follows:
NOTE
Make sure TSE display is not dimmed 100%.
b. Cycle associated circuit breaker. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

c. When the power is turned on, watch the TSE screen. If the TSE screen remains blank, then suspect the ZDE and the RS-232
bus from the ZDE to the TSE.
d. If the screen flashes and goes blank, then the RS-232 bus from the ZDE is operational. The ZDE tried to turn on the TSE.
Replace the TSE.
e. If multiple seats in the same zone do not have video on the TSE, go to next step.
f. Replace the ZDE that supplies video to that seat zone.
g. Look at the ZDE diagnostics for a ZDE failure. If present, replace the ZDE.
5.6.15. Cabin Symptom - 3.8-Inch TSE Inoperative.
Make sure the problem is only a 3.8” TSE Inoperative fault. Troubleshoot the fault as follows:
a. Power up the Cabin Electronics System. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
b. Look for a 3.8 LCD message on the galley TSE MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC screen and refer to the related troubleshooting
procedure.
c. Cycle power to the ZDE and RDE. If fault still exists on the galley TSE MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC screen, then go to
next the next step.
d. Make sure the TSE power and wiring between the RDE and TSE airplane connector is correct.
e. If power and wiring is correct, remove and replace the 3.8” TSE.
5.6.16. Cabin Symptom - No Wireless Connection (Using Laptop or WPCU).
Make sure the problem is only a No Wireless Connection fault. Troubleshoot the fault as follows:
a. Using a laptop with a known good wireless adapter, go inside the airplane and check for availability of the airplane wireless
connection.
b. If no wireless connection detected. Connect the laptop in the cabin RJ-45 Ethernet jack to the CES using a RJ-45 Ethernet cable
and access the www.aircraft.ces page according to the CES 605 Operators Guide.
c. Click on WIRELESS.
d. On the WLU WELCOME page, select LOGIN (login: admin, password: admin). Select the NETWORK tab.
e. Make sure the frequency channel is 11. If frequency channel is different than 11, select 11 from the drop down box. Select
SAVE and make sure the frequency channel shows 11.
f. Look at the message on TSE MAINTENANCE page and refer to the appropriate troubleshooting procedures.
g. Gain access to the WLU in the forward avionics bay and make sure the RF enable light is green.
h. If WLU RF enable is amber, ensure antenna is connected. If antenna is connected, test the wiring between MCE 1 (J1 pin 3)
and WLU (J1 pin 15).
i. If WLU RF enable light is green, retry with another laptop or replace the WLU.
j. If the WLU WELCOME page is not available, look at the power light status on the WLU (located in the forward avionics bay).
5-41
k. If power light is off on the WLU, test the wiring and the circuit breaker, remove the WLU and replace it with a serviceable
WLU.
l. If power light is on (green), remove the WLU and replace it with a serviceable WLU.
m. Use the Wireless Passenger Control Unit (WPCU). Make sure the pop-up window shows CONNECTING TO CES.
n. If the pop-up window CONNECTING TO CES does not show, use the browser function to delete browser history and files.
o. Use a paper clip point to push the WPCU reset button (bottom of unit).
p. The WPCU will reboot, connect to the system, and download the WPCU files from the PME. This process may take 5-6 minutes.
q. If the pop-up window CONNECTING TO CES does not show, replace the WPCU.
5.6.17. Cabin Symptom - Pronto Remote Control Inoperative.
The remote control does not operate the assigned functions (e.g., audio select, speaker select, volume, lights). The remote control
does not respond to inputs (buttons pushed).
a. Make sure the remote has new batteries or is fully charged.
b. Listen for the beep audio feedback to screen touches or button pushes.
c. Make sure the proper mode is selected. When a button is pushed, the selected MODE button on the left side flashes.
d. Make sure the antenna is connected to the MDSB/IR Interface Unit.
e. Make sure that the correct remote control part number is used (zone specific remote software). Refer to the airplane installation
drawing and software specification.
f. If the MDSB/IR Interface Unit is offline or not powered.
(1) Make sure the MDSB/IR Interface Unit has input power. Make sure the power is turned on.
(2) Make sure that the diagnostic window, on the MDSB/IR Interface Unit, shows OL for the online status.
(3) The receiver antenna on the MDSB/IR Interface Unit is not connected. Get access to the antenna and make sure the mating
connector is properly seated and secured.
5.6.18. Cabin Symptom - Read and Table Lights Inoperative (Only One Read/Table Light).
Read and table lights inoperative, troubleshoot as follows:
a. Test the operation of the call switch. This indicates that the switch panel is powered and communicating with the CES.
b. If the call is inoperative, go to the Switch Panel troubleshooting. Refer to Paragraph 5.6.20.
c. If the read/table light does not turn on, gain access to the RDE that controls the read/table light and make sure the power supply
is available.
IN THE STEP THAT FOLLOWS 28 V DC IS SUPPLIED TO THE LIGHT THROUGH A JUMPER WIRE. USE
CARE TO PREVENT SHORT CIRCUITS TO SURROUNDING OBJECTS AND PERSONNEL.
d. If power is present to the RDE connector, install a jumper between the feeder and the read/table light wiring.
e. If the read/table light turns on, remove and replace the RDE.
f. If the read/table light does not turn on, test the wiring from RDE to read/table light.
g. If power is not present to the RDE connector, test the wiring and circuit breaker.
5.6.19. Cabin Symptom - Read and Table Lights Inoperative (More Than One Read/Table Light).
More than one read and table lights inoperative, troubleshoot as follows:
a. Make sure the read/table lights circuit breakers and the call switches are operational. This will insure the switch panel is powered
and communicating with the CES.
5-42
b. If the call switches are inoperative, go to the Switch Panel - More Than One Switch Panels troubleshooting.
c. If the read/table light does not turn on, gain access to the RDE controlling the read/table light and make sure that it is supplied
with power.
IN THE STEP THAT FOLLOWS 28 V DC IS SUPPLIED TO THE LIGHT THROUGH A JUMPER WIRE. USE
CARE TO PREVENT SHORT CIRCUITS TO SURROUNDING OBJECTS AND PERSONNEL.
d. If power is present to the RDE connector, install a jumper between the feeder and the read/table light wiring.
e. If the read/table light turns on, replace the RDE.
f. If the read/table light does not turn on. Test the wiring from RDE to the read/table light.
g. If power is not supplied to the RDE connector, make sure the wiring and the circuit breaker are correct.
5.6.20. Cabin Symptom - Switch Problems.
Make sure the problem is only with one or with more than one switch panel. Troubleshoot as follows:
a. If with one switch panel:
(1) Make sure the power is supplied to the switch.
(2) If backlighting is present, make sure the flashing health monitor light shows on the back of the switch.
(3) If the health monitor light is flashing, make sure the address of the switch is correct. (S3, S2, S1 rotary selectors are located
under the switch panel.) If switch address is correct, replace the switch panel.
(4) If the flashing health monitor is not flashing, replace the switch panel.
(5) If backlighting is not present, make sure the power is supplied to the switch. Test the wiring to the switch and circuit
breaker.
b. If the problem is with more than one switch panel:
(1) Make sure the power is supplied to the switches.
(2) If backlighting is present, make sure the switch health monitor light is flashing.
(3) If the switch health monitor light is flashing, make sure the switch address is correct (S3, S2, S1). If the switch address is
correct, replace switch panel.
(4) If the switch health monitor light is not flashing, make sure the MDSB bus wiring (A, /A, B, /B) is correct.
(5) If backlighting is not present, make sure the power is supplied to the switches. If no power is supplied to the switches, test
the wiring and the circuit breaker.
5-43/(5-44 Blank)
523-0808269
CHAPTER 6
Bulletins
6.1. SERVICE BULLETINS AND SERVICE INFORMATION LETTERS.

Refer to the latest edition/addendum of the Business and Regional Systems Equipment Service Bulletin/Information Letter Index
523-0766944 for up-to-date listing.
Table 6-1. Service Bulletins and Service Information Letters.
SB/SIL
NUMBER UNIT TITLE DATE
MCE-6000- MCE-6000 Airshow CES, MCE-6000 Spacer Causing Intermittent MME Apr 5/07
07-1 Operation
6-1/(6-2 Blank)
523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term Definition
A-BPSK Aeronautical Binary Phase Shift Keying

A-QPSK Aeronautical Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
A/C Aircraft
A/D Analog-To-Digital
AC Alternating Current
ACARS Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System
ACK Acknowledge signal
ACP Audio Control Panel
ACU Antenna Control Unit
ADS Automatic Dependent Surveillance
ADSU Automatic Dependent Surveillance Unit
AEEC Airline Electronic Engineering Committee
AES Aircraft Earth Station
AFC Automatic Frequency Control
AFIS AFIS (™): trademark of the Global Wulfsburg Airborne Flight Information System
AGC Automatic Gain Control
ALC Automatic Level Control
AMP Audio Management Panel
AOC Airline Operational Control
AOR-E Atlantic Ocean Region – East
AOR-W Atlantic Ocean Region – West
ARINC Aeronautical Radio, Inc.
ARQ Automatic Repeat Request
ASDL Aeronautical Satellite Data Link
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATE Automatic Test Equipment
ATN Aeronautical Telecommunication Network
ATS Air Traffic Services
BCD Binary Coded Decimal
BDE Bulkhead Display Equipment
BER Bit Error Rate
BITE Built-In Test Equipment
Glossary-1
glossary 523-0808269
GLOSSARY
Term Definition
BNR Binary
BP Bottom Plug (of J1 of SRT-2100)
BPS (bps) Bits Per Second
BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying
BSU Beam Steering Unit
BW Bandwidth
C/No Carrier-to-Noise-density ratio
C/M Carrier to Multipath
C-band Frequency band from 4 to 6 GHz
C-Channel Circuit mode channel used for both outbound and inbound messages (voice, data, or both)
C-to-L C-Band to L-band
CCIR Consultative Committee of International Radio
CCITT International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee
CCS Cabin Communications System (CEPT-E1 digital interface)
CDE Multi Disk DVD/CD Equipment
CDU Control Display Unit
CEPT Conference Europene des Postes et Télécommunications
CFDIU Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
CFDS Centralized Fault Display System
CIFS Common Internet File System
CIU Cabin Interface Unit
CKPT Cockpit
CMF Centralized Maintenance Function
CMU Communications Management Unit
CNTL Control
CODEC Coder/Decoder
CORE Common Reuseable Elements
COTS Commercial Off The Shelf
CPCI Compact Peripheral Component Interface
CPD Circuit Protection Device
CPN Collins Part Number
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRE Cord Reel Equipment
Glossary-2
GLOSSARY
Term Definition
CTRL Control
CTS Clear To Send
CTU Cabin Telephone Unit
CWLU Cabin Wireless LAN Unit
dB Decibel(s)
dBHz Decibel Hertz
dBi Decibels relative to isotropic
dBK Decibel Kelvin
dBM Decibel(s) below 1 Milliwatt
dBW Decibel Watts
DC Direct Current
DCE Data Communications Equipment
DDI Direct Dial-In
DEAP Delayed Echo Application
DEAPDU Delayed Echo Application Data Unit
DEG Degrees
DEV Deviation
DFDU Digital Flight Data Unit
DFDIU Digital Flight Data Instrument Unit
DLC Data Link Control
DLS Direct Link Service
DMA Direct Memory Access
DMM Digital Multimeter
DPLXR Diplexer
DSP Digital Signal Processor
DTE Digital Tapping Equipment
DTMF Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
DVM Digital Voltmeter
DVR Digital Video Recorder
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
EFB Electronic Flight Bag
EICAS Engine Indicating and Crew Alerting System
EIRP Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power
ENQ Enquire
Glossary-3
GLOSSARY
Term Definition
EPLD Electrically Programmable Logic Device

EOT End Of Text
EPROM Electrically Programmable Read Only Memory
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
ESDS Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices
ESE Ethernet Switch Equipment
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
ETX End-of-Transmission
FAA Federal Aviation Administration (USA)
FCC Federal Communications Commission (USA)
FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
FEC Forward Error Correction
FHW Fault History Word
FIFO First In, First Out
fL foot Lamberts (luminance unit)
FLS Field Loadable Software
FMC Flight Management Computer
FSU File Server Unit
FTP File Transfer Protocol
FW Failure Warning
FWD Forward
G/T Receive gain/system noise temperature
GDC Global Data Center
GES Ground Earth Station
GFI General Format Indicator
GHz Gigahertz (109 Hertz)
GMT Greenwich Mean Time
GPS Global Positioning System
GSDB GES Specific Data Broadcast
HDLC High Data Link Control
HGA High Gain Antenna
HPA High Power Amplifier
HPR High Power Relay
HSDU High Speed Data Unit (same as HST)
Glossary-4
GLOSSARY
Term Definition
HSR High Stability Reference

HST High Speed SATCOM Transceiver
HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol
I/O Input/Output
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
ID Identification number/Identifier
IF Intermediate Frequency
IFE In-Flight Entertainment
IGA Intermediate Gain Antenna
INMARSAT International Maritime Satellite Organization
INT Interrupt
IOR Indian Ocean Region
IP Instrumentation Port (SATCOM) or Internet Protocol
IRE Infrared Remote Equipment
IRS Inertial Reference System
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network
ISO International Standards Organization
ISU Initial Signal Unit
ITU International Telecommunications Union
kB/S (kb/s) Kilobits per second
kBps Kilo bytes per second
kHz Kilohertz (103 Hertz)
L-band A Frequency Band 390 to 1550 MHz (extends to 1660.5 MHz for AES SATCOM operation)
LAN Local Area Network
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LED Light Emitting Diode
LES Land Earth Station
LHCP Left Hand Circular Polarization
LICI Link Interface Control Information
LIDI Link Interface Data Information
LIDU Link Interface Data Unit
LPDU Link Protocol Data Unit
LRU Line Replaceable Unit
LSB Least Significant Bit
Glossary-5
GLOSSARY
Term Definition
LSD Least Significant Digit

LSDI Link Service Data Information
LSU Lone Signal Unit
L-to-C L-band to C-band
MCE Modular Cabin Equipment
MCU Modular Concept Unit (approx. 1/8–ATR (Airline Transport Rack))
MHz Megahertz (106 Hertz)
MIC Microphone
MIDU Multipurpose Interactive Display Unit
MME Moving Map Equipment
MMEL Master Minimum Equipment List
MOCODEC Modulator CODEC
MODEM Modulator/Demodulator
MP (1) Middle Plug (of J1 of SRT-2100),
(2) Reference number for message sent on P-Channel
MPDS Mobile Packet Data Service
MSB Most Significant Bit
MSL Master Seat Location
MSD Most Significant Digit
MSK Minimum Shift Keying
MU ACARS Management Unit
MUX Multiplexer
N/A Not Applicable
NACK Negative Acknowledgment
NAPT Network Address and Port Translation
NCD No Computed Data
NCS Network Coordination Station
NIC New Installation Concept
NML Normal
NMT Not More Than
NOTAM Notice to Airmen
NPDU Network Protocol Data Unit
NVM Non-volatile Memory
ODB Operational Data Base
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
Glossary-6
GLOSSARY
Term Definition
OPS Operational Software

OSI Open Systems Interconnection
ORT Owner Requirements Table
PA Public Address
PABX Private Automatic Branch Exchange
PBX Private Branch Exchange
PC Personal Computer
PCI Protocol Control Information or Peripheral Component Interconnect
PCM Pulse Code Modulation
PCU Passenger Control Unit
Pd P-Channel used for data
PDE Power Distribution Equipment
PDU Protocol Data Unit
PED Portable Electronic Devices
PLL Phase Locked Up
PM Personality Module
PME Processor/Mass Storage Equipment
PN Part Number
POR Pacific Ocean Region
PSE Power Supply Equipment
Psid P-Channel used for Satellite Identification
Psmc P-Channel used for SMC functions
PSPDN Public Switched Packet Data Network
PSSL Product Support Service Letter
PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network
PSU Passenger Service Unit
PTT Push-To-Talk
Q Precedence value indicating the number of the queue used for transmission
R-Channel Random access channel used in inbound messages to carry some signaling and user data. Usually
confined to transaction initiation and request signals.
RAM Random Access Memory
RDE Relay Drive Equipment
RF Radio Frequency
RFC Reservation Forthcoming signal
RFU Radio Frequency Unit
Glossary-7
GLOSSARY
Term Definition
RHCP Right Hand Circular Polarization

RFU Radio Frequency Unit
RLS Reliable Link Service
ROM Read Only Memory
Rsmc R-Channel used for SMC functions
RSVD Reserved
RTCA Radio Technical Commission for Aeronautics
RTS Request-To-Send
RTX Retransmission message
RX Receive
SAL System Address Label
SATCOM Satellite Communications system
SC Start Conversation
SCDU Single Channel Per Carrier
SDI Source Destination Identifier
SDL CCITT Specification and Description Language
SDM INMARSAT System Definition Manual
SDU Satellite Data Unit
SDUXTALK SDU Cross Talk
SITA Societe Internationale de Telecommunications Aeronautiques
SMC System Management and Communication
SMD Surface Mounted Device
SPE Switch Panel Equipment
SR Symbol Rate
SRE Speaker Equipment
SSM Sign/Status Matrix
SSND Satellite Sub-Network Dependent
SSNL Satellite Sub-Network Layer
SRT Satellite Receiver Transmitter
ST bus Serial Telecom bus
STB Starboard
STBD Starboard
STX Start of Transmission
SU Signal Unit
Glossary-8
GLOSSARY
Term Definition
SVGA Super Video Graphics Array

SVU Satellite Voice Unit
SWDL Software Data Loader
SYNC Synchronized (or Synchronization)
T-Channel TDM channel used for outbound or inbound messages (voice or data)
TACKe T-Channel Acknowledge Signal Indicating Errors
TACKr T-Channel Acknowledge Signal Requesting Retransmission
TCU Telephone Conversion Unit
TCP-IP Transport Control Protocol - Internet Protocol
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TDMA Time Division Multiplier Access
THD Total Harmonic Distortion
TP Top Plug (of J1 of SRT-2100)
TSE Touchscreen Equipment
TSO Technical Standard Order
TX Transmit
UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter
USER CMD User Commanded
USB Universal Serial Bus
UTC Universal Time, Coordinated
UUT Unit Under Test
UW Unique Word
VA Video Address
VCE VCR Equipment
VCO Voltage-Controlled Oscillator
VCU Video Control Unit
VEE Video Encoder Equipment
VGA Video Graphics Array
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
VMOS Virtual Machine Operating System
VOX Voice
VPN Virtual Private Network
VSWR Voltage–Standing Wave Ratio
W Watts
Glossary-9
GLOSSARY
Term Definition
WASP Wireless Access Service Point

Wi-Fi Wireless Fidelity
WLM Wireless LAN Manager
WLU Wireless LAN Unit
WPCU Wireless Passenger Control Unit
XPDR Transponder
ZDE Zone Distribution Equipment
Glossary-10
523-0808269
© Copyright 2007, Rockwell Collins, Inc.,
All Rights Reserved, Printed in USA

RC - CES-605 Installation Manual - 523-0808269 - Edn 4-Rev 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

RC - CES-605 Installation Manual - 523-0808269 - Edn 4-Rev 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

installation

CES Cabin Electronics System

Export Control Classification Notice (ECCN) for this document is EAR99.

© Copyright 2007 Rockwell Collins, Inc. All rights reserved.

TO: HOLDERS OF ROCKWELL COLLINS® CES CABIN ELECTRONICS SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION OF REVISION SERVICE

Printed in the United States of America Rockwell Collins, Inc.

Export Control Classification Notice (ECCN) for this document is EAR99.

FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT (5 USC 552) AND DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

SOFTWARE COPYRIGHT NOTICE

© COPYRIGHT 2006 - 2007 ROCKWELL COLLINS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Send your comments to: Rockwell Collins, Inc.

For product orders or inquiries, please contact: Rockwell Collins, Inc.

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

Dates of issue for original and changed pages are:

Original 0 . . . . . . 18 September 2007 Change 1 . . . . . . . . . 12 October 2007

TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 440 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:

Page *Change Page *Change Page *Change

T-1 - T-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2-56 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 2-96 Blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.

Page *Change Page *Change Page *Change

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iv

Number Title Page

Number Title Page

Number Title Page

Number Title Page

To submit comments regarding this manual, please contact:

Rockwell Collins, Inc.

Attn: Technical Operations M/S 153-250

or send email to: techmanuals@rockwellcollins.com

1. GENERAL ADVISORIES FOR ALL UNITS.

SERVICE PERSONNEL ARE TO OBEY STANDARD SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SUCH AS WEARING

THIS UNIT EXHIBITS A HIGH DEGREE OF FUNCTIONAL RELIABILITY. NEVERTHELESS, USERS

2. SPECIFIC SAFETY ADVISORIES FOR THE CABIN ELECTRONICS SYSTEM.

TO ENERGIZE OR DE-ENERGIZE THE CES, REFER TO THE CES OPERATORS GUIDE.

REMOVAL AND INSTAL MODULAR CABINET EQUIPMENT MODULES ACCORDING TO THE

1.2. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION.

1.2.3. Basic Audio/Video.

1.3. EQUIPMENT COVERED.

Table 1-1. CES Equipment for Challenger 605.

Table 1-1. CES Equipment for Challenger 605. - Continued

Table 1-1. CES Equipment for Challenger 605. - Continued

Table 1-1. CES Equipment for Challenger 605. - Continued

Table 1-2. Associated Equipment.

Figure 1-1. Cabin Electronic System (Sheet 1 of 7)

Figure 1-1. Cabin Electronic System (Sheet 2 of 7)

Figure 1-1. Cabin Electronic System (Sheet 3 of 7)

Figure 1-1. Cabin Electronic System (Sheet 4 of 7)

Figure 1-1. Cabin Electronic System (Sheet 5 of 7)

Figure 1-1. Cabin Electronic System (Sheet 6 of 7)

Figure 1-1. Cabin Electronic System (Sheet 7 of 7)

1.4. EQUIPMENT LOCATION.

3/4 PLACE DIVAN

18" FLAT SCREEN DISPLAY

18" FLAT SCREEN DISPLAY

Figure 1-2. CES Equipment Location (Sheet 1 of 3)

3/4 PLACE DIVAN

MAGAZINE RACK LAVATORY

18" FLAT SCREEN DISPLAY

FLOOR PLAN 2 (OPTIONAL) FIRE EXTINGUISHER

Figure 1-2. CES Equipment Location (Sheet 2 of 3)

Page Change Page Change Page *Change

Page Change Page Change Page *Change